Home

Trane Voyager Commercial 27.5 to 50 Tons Installation and Maintenance Manual

1. it Th1 7 LTB4 __ LTB6 HTB1 OR LTB3 DISCONNECT FR eS ee A ee ROUTE TO RTRM J6 ROUTE TO RTRM J7 ROUTE TO COMM TBI ROUTE TO LTB3 Conventional Thermostot cs Ja RGYIYZMW1W2 5 7 comm 2 res ROUTE TO LTB4 Shielded SS eS SS Twisted Pair BAYSENSI 06 BAYSENS 108 __ BAYSENSTIO l _4 Wires CV Zone 5 Wires a Zone 10 Wires CV Remote wel aes BAYFRSTOO1 2 Wires Ponel anel Panel COMM High Temp 1 w O NSE Sensor ROUTE TO LTBI fl 2 Wires 1 2 Wires 2 Wires BAYSENSO77 IBAYSENSO77 IBAYSENSO77 T Remote Remote Remote BAYSTATO23 Demand 2 Wires Zone Temp Zone Temp Zone Temp Remote Min 2 Wires _ Limit Contocts Sensor Sensor Sensor Position cR Tt Pot tres BAYSENSO16 2 3 wi IBAYSENSI19 BAYSENSO73 2 Wires BAYSENS077 T MES E I Renois Wires _ BArSENSO74 i zii Remote Panal Used wth ics if pemone i res Zone only imit Contacts Temp Sensor With NSB Ventilation 2 Wires i CPR 2 SR T 2 Wires Relay Tp Shielded Zone Temp Twisted N po 2 Wires Heat amp Cool LA Emeray 2 Wires Set Point BAYSENSO77 Stop Resistive 2 Wires aS Analog Inpu
2. 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000 18000 20000 22000 24000 26000 Volumetric Airflow Rate CFM Figure 49 Supply fan performance curves 40 and 50 ton 60Hz Static Presure InWC Supply Fan Performance 40 and 50 Ton o So A G Se 2 z x Ys xy Pap I ARA lr ae a es SN al Bae A a A gt HL lt Pe gt 5 OFS i i ee L s peed a o Pas 7 ie Pa ee a i ho Oo es aR EN __ AAA Di ia Pd Z ES ea a E rs N a Pe AA od Ms e ISI es PA e ms ES me Sy p lt Lo rs 3 fom ae ae Se Sl s lt LTE ALI ANS ae 5 SA gt lo am T LA _ st LA E IS MN PA E 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000 18000 20000 22000 24000 26000 Volumetric Airflow Rate CFM RT SVX34H EN 28000 69 Figure 50 Supply fan performance 22 9 29 2 Tons 50Hz Supply Fan Performance 4 0 996 A R x 3 5 872 E X F 3 0 747 N N l 2 5 623 S ES ar i 2 0 49
3. 23 Installation Electrical 25 Disconnect Switch External Handle Factory Mounted Option o oo 25 Main Power Wiring 25 Through the Base Electrical Optional Acces SOV x settee airs ade a ace eet 26 Electrical Wire Sizing and Protection Device Equations 000 cece eee aes 29 Low Voltage Wiring 30 Control Power Transformer 30 Field Installed AC Control Wiring 30 Field Installed DC Control Wiring 31 Remote Panels and Sensors 34 Constant Volume and Single Zone VAV Con trol Options 2 0 0 00s 34 Variable Air Volume non SZ VAV Control Options dica a 34 Installation Piping o o ooooooo o 38 General Requirements 38 Connecting the Gas Supply Line to the Fur nace Gas Train ooooooo 38 Stout praia da ad 40 Unit Control Modules 40 RTRM ReliaTel Refrigeration Module 40 ECA RTEM Economizer Actuator ReliaTel Economizer Module Optional 40 EBA Exhaust Blade Actuator Optional 40 RTAM ReliaTel Air Handler Module Stan dard with Traditional VAV 40 ReliaTel Ventilation Module RTVM 41 ReliaTel Dehumidification Module RIDM wast cai nna iia ar Reker 42 Conventional Thermostat Connections Available Only with CV 42 TCI Trane Communication Interface Option
4. 8000 0 035 9000 0 042 10000 0 051 8000 0 035 9000 0 042 10000 0 051 8500 0 038 9500 0 046 10500 0 056 9000 0 042 10000 0 051 11000 0 061 9500 0 046 10500 0 056 11500 0 067 27 5 10000 0 051 30 11000 0 061 35 12000 0 073 10500 0 056 11500 0 067 12500 0 095 11000 0 061 12000 0 073 14000 0 103 11500 0 067 12500 0 08 14500 0 111 12000 0 073 13000 0 087 12500 0 08 12000 0 072 15000 0 098 12500 0 075 15500 0 104 13000 0 079 16000 0 11 13500 0 083 16500 0 117 14000 0 087 17000 0 124 14500 0 092 17500 0 132 40 15000 0 098 50 18000 0 14 15500 0 104 18500 0 149 16000 0 11 19000 0 159 16500 0 117 19500 0 168 17000 0 124 20000 0 179 17500 0 132 18000 0 14 a Static Pressure Drops for the return air damper must be added to the system external static pressure as an accessory when using the fan performance tables and the fan curves to determine actual fan performance b Pressure Drops are listed in inches of water column Table 45 Supply fan drive selection 60Hz 7 5 HP 10 HP 15 HP 20 HP Nominal Drive Drive Drive Drive Tons RPM No RPM No RPM No RPM No 550 A 700 D 27 5T 600 B 7502 E 650 C 550 A 700 D 30T 600 B 750 E 650 C 600 B 650 C 790 b F 35T 700 D 800 8 G 500 H 625 L 40T 525 J 675 M 575 K 725 N 525 J 625 L 725 N 50T 575 K 675 M a For YC gas electric only b For TC and TE Cooling and Electric Heat units only RT SVX34H EN Table 46 Component
5. ML 35 Ss TRANE Installation Electrical Remote Zone Sensor BAYSENS077 This electronic sensor can be used with BAYSENS 106 108 110 119 or 021 Remote Panels When this sensor is wired to a BAYSENS119 Remote Panel wiring must be 18 AWG Shielded Twisted Pair Belden 8760 or equivalent Refer to the specific Remote Panel for wiring details Remote Panel with NSB BAYSENS119 This 7 day programmable sensor features four periods for Occupied U noccupied programming per day Either one or all four periods can be programmed If the power is interrupted the program is retained in permanent memory If power is off longer than 2 hours only the clock and day may have to be reset The front panel allows selection of Occupied Unoccupied periods with two temperature inputs Cooling Supply Air Temperature and Heating Warm up temperature per occupied period The occupied supply air cooling setpoint ranges between 402 and 802 Fahrenheit The warm up setpoint ranges between 502 and 902 Fahrenheit with a 2 degrees deadband The Unoccupied cooling setpoint ranges between 452 and 982 Fahrenheit The unoccupied heating setpoint ranges between 432 and 962 Fahrenheit Note In modulating gas heatunits the supply air heating setpointis the active setpoint with a BAYSENS119 and must be set for the heater to function properly The modulating furnace will not react to the Discharge Heating Setpoint on the NSB
6. 0 90 73 1 56 98 2 03 123 2 36 148 0 94 74 1 58 99 2 05 124 2 37 149 2 40 150 Note The above potentiometer voltage readings can be verified via the provided test points located next to each potentiometer Use a DC voltmeter to the Vdc reading between those points and common 48 Units Configured with the Outside Air Measurement Traq Option To make a minor correction to the Traq airflow CFM reading thatis calculated internally by the ReliaTel system an adjustment pot is available on the RTVM This pot can be used to correct for static local factors such as altitude Variable factors such as drift temperature humidity and other changing atmospheric conditions are corrected as part of the conversion calculation The adjustment will typically be made in Service Test modeinastep where the OA damper is being commanded to the Traq OA Minimum Position Request with all required Traq control inputs valid i e sensors setpoints RTVM board The OA flow adjustment setpoint potentiometer R136 on the RTVM will be used to adjust the value up to a factor of H 20 0 80 to 1 20 Full counterclockwise will be 20 and full clockwise will be 20 The potentiometer will be set to the middle position between full CCW and full CW in a Deadband area representing no adjustment 0 factor of 100 by default The adjustment will be applied linearly across the sensing range of the airflow sensor which m
7. 200 TC TE YC 420 FULL LOAD 68 57 F ID WB DB 74 62 F ID WB DB 80 67 F ID WB DB 86 72 F ID WB DB 115F OD Ambient 105 F OD Ambient 95 F OD Ambient 85 F OD Ambient 75F OD Ambient 65 F OD Ambient 55 F OD Ambient 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 Suction Pressure Psig Figure 74 40 Ton dual circuit operating pressure standard efficiency 60 Hz Discharge Pressure Psig 86 700 650 600 5 550 4 a o o fi A a o f 400 5 350 300 4 250 4 TC TE YC 480 Circuit 1 Full Load 68 57 F ID WB DB 74 62 F ID WB DB 80 67 FIDWB DB 86 72 F ID WB DB 115 FOD Ambient 105 F OD Ambient 95 F ODAmbient 85 F OD Ambient 75 FOD Ambient 65 F OD Ambient 55 F OD Ambient 200 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 Suction Pressure Psig RT SVX34H EN Startup Figure 75 40 Ton dual circuit operating pressure standard efficiency 60 Hz TC TE YC 480 Circuit 2 Full Load 700 650 J a a a 600 a Q S a Q g 2 2 fa a a ae uw a L LL A 550 4 TH N 5 E 5 S 8 gt 2 iL 115 F OD Ambient amp 500 g a 105 F OD Ambient 3 450 a o D 95 F OD Ambient 4004 2 a 85 F OD Ambient 350 J 75 FOD Ambient 300 4 65 F OD Ambient 250 4 55 F OD Ambient 200 l r r i r r j 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 Suction Pressure Psig Figure
8. Exhaust Fan Damper Stop Adjustment Refer to Exhaust Damper Adjustment figures beginning with Figure 53 p 76 100 Electrical Requirements AWARNING Proper Field Wiring and Grounding Required All field wiring MUST be performed by qualified personnel Improperly installed and grounded field wiring poses FIRE and ELECTROCUTION hazards To avoid these hazards you MUST follow requirements for field wiring installation and grounding as described in NEC and your local state electrical codes Failure to follow code could result in death or serious injury See Figure 19 Typical field power wiring on page 26 e Verify that the electrical power supply characteristics comply with the unit nameplate specifications e Inspect all control panel components tighten any loose connections e Connect properly sized and protected power supply wiring to a field supplied installed disconnect and unit power terminal block HTB1 or to the optional unit mounted disconnect switch Properly ground the unit Field Installed Control Wiring Figure 20 p 32 and Figure 21 p 33 Important All field installed wiring must comply with NEC and applicable local codes e Complete the field wiring connections for the constant volume controls as applicable Refer to the Low Voltage Wiring on page 30 for guidelines e Complete the field wiring connections for the variable air volume controls as applicable Refer
9. The Supply Fan output will be released to meet the space load The cooling valve will be driven to 100 and the reheat valve will be driven to 0 The Reheat Pumpout relay will be energized if the reheat circuit is requested or de energized if the reheat circuit de energizes Typical causes to leave dehumidification are 1 5 Space humidity levels have fallen below the Active Occ Unocc Dehumidification Setpoint 5 Dehumidification Hysteresis Offset The zone temperature has dropped too close to the Zone Heating Setpointin any unit mode Zone Temp lt ZHSP 0 5 F The zone temperature rises above the Zone Cooling Setpoint 42 F in any unit mode Entering Evaporator Temperature falls too low or Froststat input becomes active Dehumidification Reheat becomes disabled Dehumidification Overrides Sensible cooling or heating control overrides dehumidification control Any heating request will terminate dehumidification control If heating is active at the time a call for dehumidification control is received the heating operation must complete and an additional 5 minutes from the time heat is terminated must elapse before dehumidification will be allowed Dehumidification will also be disabled if any of the functional disables that apply to CV or traditional VAV have gone active Purge Mode Comfort and Dehumidification Purge cycle operation will operate identically to Purge on non Single Zone VAV Dehumidifi
10. Lead Lag Control Lead Lag is a selectable input located on the RTRM On 2 3stage standard efficiency units the RTRM is configured from the factory with the Lead Lag control disabled To activate the Lead Lag function simply remove the jumper connection J 3 8 at the RTRM Lead Lag input When it is activated each time the designated lead compressor s is shut off due to the load being satisfied the lead compressor or refrigeration circuit switches On the 5 stage high efficiency units the RTRM is configured from the factory with the Lead Lag control enabled With it active each time the designated lead compressor is shut off due to the load being satisfied the controls will switch to the next staging sequence When the RTRM is powered up i e after a power failure the control will default to the number one compressor RT SVX34H EN Table 32 Capacity steps with lead lag enabled std Efficiency Unit Size Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 LEAD 48 100 TC 330 LAG 52 100 LEAD 50 100 TC 360 LAG 50 100 LEAD 47 100 TC 420 OT LAG 53 100 LEAD 40 60 TC 480 100 LAG 60 100 LEAD 32 68 TC 600 100 LAG 68 100 Table 33 Capacity staging sequence high Efficiency Steps Unit Size Sequence 1 2 3 4 5 1 25 37 63 75 100 TC 330 2 37 63 75 100 3 37 63 75 100 1 24 38 62 76 100 TC 360 2 38 62 76 100 3 38 62 76 100 1 22 39 61 78 100 TC 420 2 39 61 7
11. RESET AMOUNT a z E El SUPPLY AIR MORNING WARMUP i 86 COOLING SETPOINT SETPOINT ez e e 0 D RES RES 3 e600 0 E Ll moccoccrnnn n sur XN 162 181 1 Supply Air Heating Setpoint 2 Static Pressure Setpoint iwc 3 Static Pressure Deadband iwc 4 Reset Setpoint 5 Reset Amount 6 Morning Warmup Setpoint 7 Supply Air Cooling Setpoint DIP Switches Switch 1is ON for VFD s Switch 2 is OFF for VAV Switch 3 and 4 operation are explained under supply air temperature reset Switch 5 is OFF for DWU Disabled and ON for DWU Enabled RT SVX34H EN Figure 36 RTOM module 9 oat OO mo no uo mo 3 DAHEAT 3 1 FAN DA COOL FAN SPD SO E i ra SA REHEAT sooo AS 7 1 Discharge Air Heat Setpoint 2 Exhaust Fan Enable Setpoint 3 Supply Air Reheat Setpoint 4 Dehumidification Setpoint 5 Discharge Air Cool Setpoint LL Discharge Air Heat Setpoint is required for Single Zone VAV units with modulating heat or traditional Constant Volume units with modulating heat and a conventional thermostat control Discharge Air Cool Setpoint is required for Single Zone VAV operation The RTAM module provides a0 to 10 Vdc output to control the Variable Frequency Drive DIP switches located on the RTAM configures the unit to use the output for a VFD Customer changeover input from Low Voltage Terminal Board L
12. The liquid crystal display LCD displays zone temperature temperature setpoints week day time and operational mode symbols The options menu is used to enable or disable these applicable functions Morning warm up economizer minimum position override during unoccupied status heat installed remote zone temperature sensor 12 24 hour time display and daytime warm up See Table 16 p 37 for the Temp vs Resistance coefficient if an optional remote sensor is used During an occupied period an auxiliary relay rated for 125 amps 30 volts AC with one set of single pole double throw contacts is activated Figure 30 Remote sensor with night setback BAYSENS119 Wy 1121 wi I l 4 BAYSENS020 1 REMOTE PANEL W NSB l F J EN TB1 AUXILIARY RELAY aaa NOOO ZN A N Twisted Shielded Run Shield to terminal 11 NN OPTIONAL REMOTE SENSOR 36 High Temperature Sensor BAYFRSTOO03 Provides high limit shutdown of the unit The sensor is used to detect high temperatures due to fire in the air conditioning or ventilation ducts The sensor is designed to mount directly to the sheet metal duct Each kit contains two sensors The return air duct sensor X1310004001 is set to open at 135 degrees F The supply air duct sensor X 1310004002 is set to open at 240 degrees F The control can be reset after the temperature
13. Constant Volume Variable Air Volume Controls 380 575 2313 1277 36kw and 54kw Electric Heat Single Ene AT Air 2313 1278 72kw 90kw 108kw Electric Heat olume 2313 1263 27 5 35 ton Units Refrigeration Controls 208 575 2313 1264 40 ton Units RTRM Sensors 2313 1265 50 ton Units 2313 1267 All Units without Statitrac Control Modules 208 575 2313 1269 All Units with Statitrac 2313 0779 27 5 35 ton 36KW 54KW Electric Heat 2313 0781 40 ton 54KW Electric Heat 2313 0783 50 ton 54KW Electric Heat 208 230 2313 0797 27 5 35 ton Cooling Only 2313 0798 40 ton Cooling Only 2313 0799 50 ton Cooling Only 2313 0780 27 5 35 ton 36KW 54KW Electric Heat Control Box 2313 0782 40 ton 54KW Electric Heat Connection Print 2313 0784 50 ton 54KW Electric Heat Constant Volume 2313 0785 27 5 35 ton 72KW 90KW Electric Heat 380 575 2313 0786 40 ton 72KW 108KW Electric Heat 2313 0787 50 ton 72KW 108KW Electric Heat 2313 0800 27 5 35 ton Cooling Only 2313 1201 40 ton Cooling Only 2313 1202 50 ton Cooling Only 2313 1281 27 5 35 ton 36KW 54KW 2313 1282 27 5 35 ton 72KW 90KW i 2313 1283 40 ton 54KW 72KW Raceway Devices 208 575 Connection Print 2313 1284 40 ton 90KW 108KW 2313 1285 50 ton 54KW 72KW 2313 1286 50 ton 90KW 108KW 132 RT SVX34H EN Ss TRANE Unit Wiring
14. Note When determining loads the compressors and condenser fan motors do not operate during the heating cycle Units with less than 50 KW Heaters MCA 1 25 x Load 1 Load 2 Load 4 125 x Load 3 Units with 50 KW or Larger Heaters MCA 1 25 x Load 1 Load 2 Load 4 Load 3 The MCA value stamped on the nameplate is the largest of the two calculated values MOP 2 25 x Load 1 Load 2 Load 3 Load 4 See Note 1 The MOP value stamped on the nameplate is the largest of the two calculated values RDE 15 x Load 1 Load 2 Load 3 Load 4 See Note 2 Note Select an over current protection device equal to the MOP value If the calculated MOP value does not equal a standard size protection device listed in NEC 240 6 select the next lower over current protection device If the calculated MOP value is less than the MCA value select the lowest over current protection device which is equal to orlarger than the MCA providing the selected over current device does not exceed 800 amps Note Select a Dual Element Fuse equal to the RDE value If the calculated RDE value does not equal a standard dual element fuse size listed in NEC 240 6 select the next higher fuse size If the calculated RDE value is greater than the MOP value select a Dual Element fuse equal to the calculated MOP Maximum Over current Protection value 29 Ss TRANE Installation Electrical Disconnect Switch Sizing DSS Calculation A YC TC
15. S TRANE Installation Operation and Maintenance Voyager Commercial 27 5 to 50 Ton 60 Hz 22 9 to 41 7 Ton 50 Hz CV VAV or SZ VAV Rooftop Air Conditioners with ReliaTel Controls R 410A Refrigerant Model Numbers B and later design sequence TC TE YC 330B 360B 420B 480B 600B 60 Hz 3 phase TC TE YC 275B 305B 350B 400B 500B 50 Hz 3 phase ASAFETY WARNING Only qualified personnel should install and service the equipment The installation starting up and servicing of heating ventilating and air conditioning equipment can be hazardous and requires specific knowledge and training Improperly installed adjusted or altered equipment by an unqualified person could result in death or serious injury When working on the equipment observe all precautions in the literature and on the tags stickers and labels that are attached to the equipment J une 2014 RT SVX34H EN GY Ingersoll Rand Proprietary and Confidential TRANE Wamings Cautions and Notices Wamings Cautions and Notices Note that warnings cautions and notices appear at appropriate intervals throughout this manual Warnings are provided to alert installing contractors to potential hazards that could result in personal injury or death Cautions are designed to alert personnel to hazardous situations that could result in personal injury while notices indicate a situation thatcould result in equipment or property damage
16. 1 10 18 6 142 10 16 0 0 75 1 0 TC TE YC 500 380 415 50 3 112 27 5 197 2 15 27 5 155 6 8 15 5 4 05 44 2 0 75 25 15 24 0 10 5 26 0 20 29 0 12 8 28 0 Notes 1 All condenser fan motors are single phase 2 All customer wiring and devices must be installed in accordance with local and national electrical codes 3 Allowable voltage range for the 380V unit is 342 418V allowable voltage range for the 415V unit is 373 456 4 100 Power Exhaust is with or without Statitrac 28 RT SVX34H EN Table 1L Electrical service sizing data electric heat module electric heat units only 50Hz Models TE D H F R 275 through 500 Electric Heat FLA Nominal Nominal KW Heater 380 415V Unit Size Unit Tons Voltage 23 27 34 40 45 54 56 67 68 81 380 34 5 51 1 68 9 85 5 23 29 415 37 6 55 6 380 51 1 68 9 85 5 103 4 33 42 415 55 6 75 1 93 2 112 7 Note All FLA in this table are based on heater operating at 380 or 415 volts as shown above Table 12 Electrical service sizing data crankcase heaters heating mode only 50Hz FLA Add Nominal Unit Size Unit Voltage Tons 380 415 23 29 1 1 33 42 1 1 Electrical Wire Sizing and Protection Device Equations To correctly size the main power wiring based on MCA Minimum Circuit Ampacity use the appropriate equation listed below Read the definitions that follow an
17. 208 112 4 40 50 230 1299 lt 460 65 0 86 6 108 3 129 9 575 52 0 69 3 86 6 103 9 Note All FLA in this table are based on heater operating at 208 240 480 and 600 volts Table 10 Electrical service sizing data 50Hz Compressor Std Compressor Fan Motors Efficiency High Efficiency Supply Condenser Exhaust Electrical a O Characteris No RLA LRA No RLA LRA HP HP FLA 50 100 Hp FLA Model tics Ton Ea Ea Ton Ea Ea kW FLA No kW Ea No kW Ea 1 10 21 0 147 1 6 14 1 98 7 5 13 6 0 75 0 75 TC TE YC 275 380 415 50 3 1 11 23 0 158 2 9 16 8 142 5 6 14 1 3 0 56 4 4 1 2 0 56 1 7 10 16 0 6 8 15 5 1 6 14 1 98 7 5 13 6 0 75 0 75 TC TE YC 305 380 415 50 3 2 11 23 0 158 2 10 18 6 142 5 6 14 1 3 0 56 4 4 1 2 0 56 1 7 10 16 0 6 8 15 5 1 11 23 0 158 1 6 14 1 98 7 5 13 6 0 75 0 75 E TC TE YC 350 380 415 50 3 3 12 27 5 197 2 11 19 2 147 5 6 14 1 3 mos 44 1 2 17 10 16 0 6 8 15 5 15 24 0 10 5 26 0 1 11 23 0 158 1 8 14 1 98 10 16 0 0 75 1 0 la TC TE YC 400 380 415 50 3 1 17 34 0 215 2 13 23 0 158 6 8 15 5 4 659 44 2 0 75 25 15 24 0 10 5 26 0 2 11 23 0 158
18. 5kASCCR D High Fault SCCR w Disconnect E High Fault SCCR w Disconnect w Powered Convenience Outlet Digit 28 O Pre Painted Steel Drain Pan M Stainless Steel Drain Pan 1 Pre Painted Steel Drain Pan w Condensate Overflow Switch 2 Stainless Steel Drain Pan w Condensate Overflow Switch Digit 29 Condenser Coil Options O Standard Efficiency Condenser Coil J Corrosion Protected Condenser Coil K High efficiency unit eStage L High efficiency unit eStage w Corrosion Protected Condenser Coil Digit 30 31 Miscellaneous Options P Discharge Temperature Sensor R Clogged Filter Switch Digit 32 Dehumidification Option T Modulating Hot Gas Reheat Digit 33 Human Interface 5 Touchscreen Human Interface 5 Ss TRANE Model Number Description Model Number Notes l All voltages are across the line starting only 2 Option includes Liquid Discharge Suction Valves 3 Supply air fan drives A thru G are used with 277 35 ton units only and drives H thru N are used with 40 amp 50 ton units only 4 Electric Heat KW ratings are based upon voltage ratings of 208 240 480 600 V For a 240 V heater derated to 208 V the resulting kW rating decreases from 36 kW to 27 kW and from 54 kW to 41 kW Voltage offerings are as follows Electric KW Heater Rated 27 41 Tons Voltage 36 54 72 90 108 208 x x 27 240 x x to 35 480 x x x x 60
19. Basic Unit Weights Unit Models YC YC 60Hz 50Hz Low Heat High Heat TC TE 330 275 3720 1687 4150 1882 3590 1628 3610 1637 5 360 305 3795 1721 4225 1916 3665 1662 3685 1671 5 420 350 3876 1758 4306 1953 3746 1699 3766 1708 480 400 4825 2189 4950 2245 4565 2071 4600 2086 5 600 500 5077 2303 5202 2360 4827 2189 5 4852 2201 1 Basic unit weight includes minimum horsepower supply fan motor Table 5 Point loading average weight Ibs kg Unit Models 60Hz 50Hz A B C D E F 330 275 852 386 695 315 754 342 740 335 602 273 504 228 360 305 878 398 681 309 750 340 713 323 577 262 622 282 420 350 841 381 842 382 669 303 735 333 582 264 634 287 480 400 835 378 869 394 950 431 748 339 769 349 776 352 600 500 882 400 931 422 954 433 740 336 844 382 847 384 Notes 1 Point loading is identified with corner A being the corner with the compressors As you move clockwise around the unit as viewed from the top mid point B corner C corner D mid point E and corner F 2 Point load calculations provided are based on the unit weight for YC high heat gas models RT SVX34H EN F TOP VIEW OF UNIT 21 eS TRANE Unit Dimensions and Weights Table 6 Approximate operating weights optional components Ibs kg
20. FULL LOAD 700 5 650 a Q Q Q 8 E S E 4 a 600 9 ES 2 a a a E a un un a PER N 550 4 u Re g ea 3 x S 8 2 8 115 FOD Ambient amp 500 4 g 2 105 F OD Ambient 2 450 a gt 95 F OD Ambient amp 400 4 o a a 85 F OD Ambient 350 75 F OD Ambient 300 65 F OD Ambient 250 4 55 F ODAmbient 200 r r 7 7 1 7 7 1 r 1 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 Suction Pressure Psig Figure 86 33 3 Ton dual circuit operating pressure standard efficiency 50 Hz TC TE YC 400 Circuit 1 Full Load 4200 P a a a o 5 O eS a S S a S 5 Si 3709 5 3 gi Si gi 46 1 F OD Ambient T a 40 6 FOD Ambient X 3200 4 g 5 a 35 0 F OD Ambient a o 2700 4 5 29 4 F OD Ambient lt o 2 a 23 9 FOD Ambient 2200 18 3 F OD Ambient 1700 12 8 F OD Ambient 1200 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 Suction Pressure KPa 92 RT SVX34H EN Startup Figure 87 33 3 Ton dual circuit operating pressure standard efficiency 50 Hz TC TE YC 400 Circuit 2 Full Load 4200 a o a o a o E N o gt Sy a a E 3 3700 g ai Si 81 w l Ni Q Ni A S 46 1 F OD Ambient lt 3200 J 40 6 F OD Ambient 2 3 N 8 35 0 F OD Ambient o 2700 gt g 29 4 F OD Ambient o 2 a 23 9 F OD Ambient 2200 18 3 F OD Ambient 1700 4 12 8 F OD Ambient 1200 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 Suction Pressure KPa Figure 88 4
21. If a Supply Fan Proving failure is detected the Supply Fan will be de energized after 40s of run time and the Fan Speed output will go to 0 Vdc 0 2 Ventilation Override Mode If a VOM goes active in which the Supply Fan is commanded ON Purge Pressurize etc the Supply Fan will be energized and the Fan Speed output will ramp to 100 3 Zone Temperature Sensor Failure If the Active Zone Temperature input goes out of range the unit will discontinue all Heating Cooling and Dehumidification operation 4 Supply Air Temperature Sensor Failure If the Supply Air Temperature input goes out of range the unit will revert back to Full Airflow Traditional CV control The unit will call out a Supply Air Temperature Sensor Failure Alarm the RTRM System LED will flash the 2 blink error code and the Zone Sensor Heat Modulating Heat Only and Cool LEDs will flash 5 Frostat Failure If the unit has a Froststat Failure occur all active Heating Cooling and Dehumidification will be de energized immediately and the Supply Fan will ramp up to 100 6 Heat Failure High Temp Limit Trip If a unit configured with Gas Heat has a High Temp Limit trip the Supply Fan will be requested to remain ON and the Fan Speed output will ramp to full speed 107 Ss TRANE Sequence of Operation Low Pressure Control LPC Sequence of Operation ReliaTel Control When the LPC is opened for one 1 continuous second the compressor
22. Indoor Fan Motor 1 0 Input Output IOM Installation Operation and Maintenance manual Ships with each unit LCI LonTalk Communication Interface LCI R LonTalk Communication Interface with ReliaTel LH Left Hand MAS Mixed Air Sensor MAT Mixed Air Temperature MCHE Microchannel MWU Morning Warm Up NSB Night Setback programmable ZSM BAYSENS119 O A Outside Air OAH Outside Air Humidity OAT Outside Air Temperature PGA Power Exhaust Actuator About the Unit Overall unit dimensional data is illustrated in Figure 1 p 14 to Figure 9 p 18 Each package rooftop unit ships fully assembled and charged with the proper refrigerant quantity from the factory They are controlled by a PSIG PHM R A RAH RAT RH RHP RHV RLP RPM RTAM RTDM RTVM RTOM RTRM S A SCCR SPC SPP SPT SZVAV TCI TCO TD5 TDL VAV VFD VHR W C WCI XFSP ZSM microelectronic unit control processor Several solid state modules are grouped to form the Control System The number of modules within any given control system will be dependent upon the options and accessories ordered with the unit Acronyms are used extensively throughout this manual when referring to the Control System 12 Pounds Per Square Inch Gauge pressure Phase monitor Return Air Return Air Humidity Return Air Temperature sensor Right Hand Reheat Pumpout Solenoid Reheat Valve Reheat Low Pressure Cutout Revoluti
23. Installation Electrical Remote Panels and Sensors Constant Volume and Single Zone VAV Control Options The RTRM must have a zone sensor or conventional thermostat CV only to operate the rooftop unit If using a zone sensor mode capability depends upon the type of sensor and or remote panel selected to interface with the RTRM The possibilities are Fan selection ON or AUTO System selection HEAT COOL AUTO and OFF Refer to Figure 22 p 33 for conventional thermostat connections on Constant Volume units The following controls are available from the factory for field installation on Constant Volume or Single Zone VAV units AWARNING Hazardous Voltage Disconnect all electric power including remote disconnects before servicing Follow proper lockout tagout procedures to ensure the power can not be inadvertently energized Failure to disconnect power before servicing could result in death or serious injury Zone Panel BAYSENS106 This electronic sensor features three system switch settings Heat Cool and Off and two fan settings On and Auto It is a manual changeover control with single setpoint capability Figure 23 Zone panel BAYSENS106 SINGLE SETPOINT MANUAL CHANGE OVER FAN AUTO FAN ON EM HEAT HEAT OFF COOL lt 2 CUT WIRE JUMPER ADJACENT TO THE TERMINAL 1 ON ZONE SENSOR WHEN OPTIONAL REMOTE SENSOR IS USED RTRM P SENN J6 BAYSENSoOs 1234 ZONE SEN
24. Once the above conditions are met and the supply air temperature drops below the ZHSP 10 F the unit will transition backinto active heating operation and will begin to control the modulating heat output to maintain the supply air temperature Once the unit has entered into Tempering mode the unit will leave active heating either by normal heat termination as determined by the heating control algorithm or when the Zone Temperature reaches the active ZCSP SZ VAV Units with Staged Heat For SZ VAV units configured with a Staged Heating type the Supply Air Tempering function will operate as ona CV unit with Staged Heat SZ VAV Units with Modulating Heat For units configured with a Modulating Heat type Tempering is an extension of normal Heating control which allows a transition from inactive Auto Cool mode to Heating based on supply air temperature if the Zone Temperature is in control The following conditions must be true to allow the unit to enter Supply Air Tempering 1 Supply Fan is ON 2 The unit is in Occupied mode 3 The unit is operating in Auto Cool Mode 4 Cooling has been inactive for 5 minutes When the above conditions are true Tempering will be allowed when the Supply Air Temperature falls below the user selectable Minimum Supply Air Cooling Setpoint minus deadband as long as the Zone Temperature is lt ZCSP 1 F Once the unit transitions into Tempering the unit will transition to n
25. Setpoint F Voltage Vdc Setpoint F Voltage Vdc 40 lt 0 1 56 1 7 41 0 2 57 1 75 42 0 3 58 1 83 43 0 45 59 1 9 44 0 55 60 1 95 45 0 7 61 2 46 0 8 62 2 05 47 0 95 63 2 1 48 1 05 64 2 13 49 1 15 65 2 17 50 1 25 66 2 21 51 1 3 67 2 27 52 1 35 68 2 3 53 1 45 69 2 35 54 1 55 70 gt 2 4 55 1 65 47 Table 26 DA heat setpoint Volt Set Volt Set Volt Set Volt Set age point age point age point age point Vdc 2F Vdc 2F Vdc 2F Vdc 2F 0 00 50 0 98 75 1 61 100 2 06 125 0 09 51 1 00 76 1 63 101 2 08 126 0 13 52 1 03 77 1 66 102 2 09 127 0 16 53 1 06 78 1 69 103 2 11 128 0 20 54 1 08 79 1 71 104 2 12 129 0 24 55 1 11 80 1 72 105 2 13 130 0 28 56 1 13 81 1 74 106 2 13 131 0 31 57 1 16 82 1 76 107 2 14 132 0 35 58 1 18 83 1 78 108 2 16 133 0 39 59 1 21 84 1 79 109 2 17 134 0 42 60 1 23 85 1 81 110 2 19 135 0 46 61 1 26 86 1 83 111 2 20 136 0 50 62 1 28 87 1 84 112 2 21 137 0 53 63 1 31 88 1 86 113 2 23 138 0 57 64 1 33 89 1 88 114 2 24 139 0 61 65 1 36 90 1 89 115 2 25 140 0 65 66 1 38 91 1 91 116 2 26 141 0 68 67 1 41 92 1 93 117 2 28 142 0 72 68 1 43 93 1 95 118 2 29 143 0 76 69 1 46 94 1 96 119 2 30 144 0 79 70 1 48 95 1 98 120 2 32 145 0 83 71 1 51 96 2 00 121 2 33 146 0 87 72 1 53 97 2 01 122 2 34 147
26. 0 15 0 26 0 23 0 70 0 1 0 22 14500 0 26 0 2 0 18 0 19 0 42 0 59 0 42 0 59 0 17 0 3 0 27 0 77 0 11 0 25 12000 0 01 0 03 0 08 0 13 0 24 0 36 0 30 0 45 0 1 0 19 0 17 0 48 0 07 0 06 13000 0 01 0 04 0 1 0 15 0 28 0 41 0 35 0 51 0 12 0 23 0 2 0 53 0 08 0 07 40 14000 0 02 0 05 0 11 0 18 0 31 0 46 0 39 0 57 0 13 0 25 0 22 0 59 0 09 0 08 15000 0 02 0 05 0 13 0 2 0 35 0 50 0 44 0 63 0 14 0 28 0 24 0 66 0 1 0 09 16000 0 02 0 06 0 15 0 23 0 39 0 55 0 49 0 69 0 15 0 31 0 27 0 72 0 11 0 10 17000 0 02 0 07 0 17 0 26 0 43 0 60 0 54 0 75 0 17 0 35 0 3 0 79 0 12 0 11 15000 0 02 0 05 0 13 0 2 0 44 0 63 0 44 0 63 0 14 0 28 0 24 0 66 0 1 0 09 16000 0 02 0 06 0 15 0 23 0 49 0 69 0 49 0 69 0 15 0 31 0 27 0 72 0 11 0 10 50 17000 0 02 0 07 0 17 0 26 0 54 0 75 0 54 0 75 0 17 0 35 0 3 0 79 0 12 0 11 18000 0 03 0 08 0 19 0 29 0 59 0 82 0 59 0 82 0 18 0 38 0 33 0 85 0 14 0 13 19000 0 03 0 08 0 21 0 32 0 65 0 89 0 65 0 89 0 19 0 42 0 35 0 92 0 16 0 14 20000 0 03 0 09 0 23 0 36 0 71 0 96 0 71 0 96 0 2 0 45 0 38 0 99 0 18 0 16 Notes 1 Static pressure drops of accessory components must be added to external static pressure to enter fan selection tables 2 Throwaway filter option limited to 300 ft min face velocity 3 Electric Heaters 36 54 KW contain 1 element 72 108 KW 2 elements 72 RT SVX34H EN Startup Table 4
27. 2 51 28 2 7 1410 1299 Aged a el Notes e On horizontal units the VFD is located between the supply and return ductwork which makes access limited e Forcombination of horizontal and downflow openings digit 3 F or R see Figure 4 p 16 for appropriate downflow upflow dimensions and Figure 5 p 16 for appropriate horizontal dimensions 16 RT SVX34H EN Figure 6 SEE NOTE 2 1 1 4 31 7mm PVC PIPE FEMALE Ss TRANE Unit Dimensions and Weights 60 Hz 271235 50 Hz 23 29 Tons YC high heat NOTES 1 SEE ROOFCURB DRAWING FOR DETAILS ON FIELD DUCT FITUP AND CONNECTIONS 2 SEE DETAIL HOOD DRAWING FOR HORIZONTAL DOWNFLOW UNITS FOR ADDITIONAL DIMENSION AND LOCATION 208 1 16 5284 7mm 3 25 82 55mm TO TOP OF FAN GRILLE 707 16 1789 1mm f 136 5m Se 13 16 2128 8mm NY 79 16 192 1m 1 25 4MM NPT A GAS INLE 207 1 2 5270 5mm oe CUSTOMER CONNECTION POINT st 31 39 6 89 175mm 90 1 16 2287 5mm Note Dimensions in are mm 1 25 4 mm Figure 7 60 Hz 40 50 50 Hz 33 42 Tons TD TD YD low and high heat 7 he 31 6 5316 54 s 179 T 789 11360 db AA 7 s 181 75 16 1926 00 Orea FO PIB Ono 80 16 2034 33 4 DO ut E t RT SVX34H EN See Roofcurb Drawing For Details On Field Duct Fitup and Connections 216 3 76 NPS A Connection Thru
28. 2313 1274 Low Heat Modulating Gas Units Single cid 2313 1275 High Heat Modulating Gas Units olume 2313 1263 27 5 35 ton Units Refrigeration Controls 208 575 2313 1264 40 ton Units RTRM Sensors 2313 1265 50 ton Units 2313 1267 All Units without Statitrac 2313 1269 All Units with Statitrac 2313 1209 27 5 35 ton 2 Stage Gas Heat 2313 1210 40 ton 2 Stage Gas Heat 2313 1211 50 ton 2 Stage Gas Heat 2313 1215 27 5 35 ton Modulating Gas Heat 2313 1216 40 ton Modulating Gas Heat Control Box 2313 1217 50 ton Modulating Gas Heat Connection Print 2313 1212 27 5 35 ton 2 Stage Gas Heat 2313 1213 40 ton 2 Stage Gas Heat 2313 1214 50 ton 2 Stage Gas Heat 2313 1218 27 5 35 ton Modulating Gas Heat 2313 1219 40 ton Modulating Gas Heat 2313 1220 50 ton Modulating Gas Heat 2313 1293 27 5 35 ton 2 Stage Gas Heat 2313 1294 40 ton 2 Stage Gas Heat i 2313 1295 50 ton 2 Stage Gas Heat Connection Print 208 575 131299 27 5 35 ton Modulating Gas Heat 2313 1300 40 ton Modulating Gas Heat 2313 1301 50 ton Modulating Gas Heat Control Modules 208 575 208 230 Constant Volume 380 575 134 RT SVX34H EN Ss TRANE Unit Wiring Diagram Numbers Table 78 Wiring diagrams YC units standard efficiency Control Modules 208 575 2313 1268 All Units without Statitrac 2313 1270 All Units with Statitrac Control Box
29. 76 Table 5L Powerexhaust fan performance 40 50 Ton 60 Hz 0 3 4011 6027 8021 12054 0 4 3718 5526 7436 11051 0 5 3467 5186 6933 10373 Table 52 Power exhaust fan performance 22 9 29 2 Ton 50 Hz Power Exhaust Selection 50 min 100 max Damper Blade Open Distance mm Return Duct min max min max Static Pa L s 0 0 1499 2701 2999 5405 24 9 1375 2083 2751 4166 49 8 1255 1753 2488 3540 74 7 1134 1499 2269 3003 99 6 1031 1321 2061 2643 124 5 921 1135 1842 2270 Table 53 Power exhaust fan performance 33 3 41 7 Ton 50 Hz Power Exhaust Selection 50 min 100 max Damper Blade Open Distance mm Return Duct Static min max min max Pa L s 0 0 1909 3160 3818 6321 24 9 1800 2915 3599 5829 49 8 1676 2537 3364 5308 74 7 1577 2371 3155 4741 99 6 1462 2173 2925 4347 124 5 1364 2040 2727 4080 Figure 53 Upflow Tracking exhaust damper adjustment Tracking Damper Minimum Adjustment Linkage RT SVX34H EN Figure 54 Horizontal Tracking exhaust damper Economizer Damper Adjustment Economizer O A Dampers Arbitrarily adjusting the outside air dampers to open fully when the return air dampers are fully closed can overload the supply fan motor or deliver higher CFM to the space than designed This causes higher operating duct static pressures and over pressur
30. A with no reference to any specific operating condition Figure 56 Horizontal Standard exhaust maximum damper position Figure 57 Economizer O A damper assembly Downflow Damper Assembly Horizontal Economizer Less Exhaust gt O A Damper lt More Exhaust 0 A Damper Drive Rod _ B A Damper Linkage Plate RT SVX34H EN 77 Startup Table 54 27 5 35 Ton downflow economizer O A Table 56 40 50 Ton downflow economizer O A damper static pressure setup damper static pressure setup System Return Air Duct Static Return Air Damper System Return Air Duct Static Return Air Damper Design Static Inches of Water Design Static Inches of Water CFM 0 20 0 40 0 60 0 80 1 00 1 20 1 40 CFM 0 20 0 40 0 60 0 80 1 00 1 20 1 40 Drive Rod Position Drive Rod Position 8000 B E E E E E E 12000 A A C D E E E 8500 B D E E E E E 12500 A A C D E E 9500 A C E E E E E 13000 A A B C D E E 10000 A C D E E E E 13500 A A B C D D E 10500 A D E E E E 14000 A A B C C D E 11000 A B D D E E E 14500 A A B B C D D 11500 A B C D E E E 15000 A A A B C D D 12000 A A C D E E E 15500 A A A B C D D 12500 A A C D D E E 16000 A A A B C C D 13000 A A B B C D E 16500 A A A B B C
31. CPR1 2 3 Stage 5 8 During active dehumidification all compressors will be staged On For units equipped with four condenser fans 40 and 50 Ton the condenser fan output states will be controlled based on the O A temperature If O A is above 85 F all condenser fan outputs will be energized If O A falls below 80 F Output B will de energize and will not re energize again until the O A rises above 85 F For units configured with three condenser fans 27 5 to 35 Ton a maximum of two condenser fans will energize Output A will energize above 85 F and de energize when the O A falls below 80 F Output B will remain de energized during active dehumidification If O A falls below 80 F Output A will de energize and will not re energize again until O A rises above 85 F RT SVX34H EN 61 Preparing the Unit for Operation Be sure to complete all of the procedures described in this section before starting the unit for the first time Use the checklist provided below in conjunction with the Installation Checklist to ensure that the unit is properly installed and ready for operation AWARNING Hazardous Voltage Disconnect all electric power including remote disconnects before servicing Follow proper lockout tagout procedures to ensure the power can not be inadvertently energized Failure to disconnect power before servicing could result in death or serious injury e Check all electrical connections for tightne
32. Connection Print Variable Air Volume 208 230 2313 1221 27 5 35 ton 2 Stage Gas Heat 2313 1222 40 ton 2 Stage Gas Heat 2313 1223 50 ton 2 Stage Gas Heat 2313 1227 27 5 35 ton Modulating Gas Heat 2313 1228 40 ton Modulating Gas Heat 2313 1229 50 ton Modulating Gas Heat 380 575 2313 1224 27 5 35 ton 2 Stage Gas Heat 2313 1225 40 ton 2 Stage Gas Heat 2313 1226 50 ton 2 Stage Gas Heat 2313 1230 27 5 35 ton Modulating Gas Heat 2313 1231 40 ton Modulating Gas Heat 2313 1232 50 ton Modulating Gas Heat Raceway Devices Connection Print 208 575 2313 1296 27 5 35 ton 2 Stage Gas Heat 2313 1297 40 ton 2 Stage Gas Heat 2313 1298 50 ton 2 Stage Gas Heat 2313 1302 27 5 35 ton Modulating Gas Heat 2313 1303 40 ton Modulating Gas Heat 2313 1304 50 ton Modulating Gas Heat Control Modules 208 575 2313 1268 All Units without Statitrac 2313 1270 All Units with Statitrac Control Box Connection Print Single Zone Variable Air Volume 208 230 2313 1248 2313 1249 27 5 35 ton 2 Stage Gas Heat 40 ton 2 Stage Gas Heat 2313 1250 50 ton 2 Stage Gas Heat 2313 1254 27 5 35 ton Modulating Gas Heat 2313 1255 40 ton Modulating Gas Heat 2313 1256 50 ton Modulating Gas Heat 380 575 2313 1251 27 5 35 ton 2 Stage Gas Heat
33. Heating Capacity4 Exhaust Fan w Ultra Low Leak Outside Air Damper Exhaust Damper Available w E A AEA O No Heat TC only Economizer only 5 r a ert Tag L Low Heat YC only 9 100 Power Exhaust w Ultra Low n a H High Heat YC only Leak Exhaust Damper w 3 Option E with Traq J Low Heat Stainless Steel Gas Statitrac 4 Option a with Traq Heat Exchanger YC only ETP 5 Option G with Traq High Heat Stainless Steel Gas Digit 12 Filter 6 Option H with Traq Heat Exchangers YC only A 2 MERV 4 Std Eff Throwaway 7 Option C with Traq w Ultra M Low Heat Stainless Steel Gas Filters Low Leak Outside Air Damper Heat Exchanger w B 2 MERV 8 High Eff Throwaway 8 eee fae pi a gt Ultra Modulating control Filters ow Leak Outside Air Damper 275 35 ton YC only C 4 MERV 8 High Eff Throwaway 9 Option E with Traq w Ultra Low P High Heat Stainless Steel Gas Filters Leak Outside Air Damper Heat Exchangers Wi D 4 MERV 14 High Eff Throwaway Digit 16 System Control Modu ating contro Piters 1 Constant Volume w Zone 275 35 ton YC only a a R Low Heat Stainless Steel Gas Digit 13 Supply Fan Motor HP Temperature Control Heat Exchanger w 1 75Hp 2 Pri Volume w Discharge Air Modulating control 2 10H 40 50 GA Aa only 3 15 Hp 4 VAV Supply Air Temperature T High Heat Stainless Steel Gas 4 20Hp eae ee Frequency Heat Exchangers Modulating lit 5 V
34. SZ VAV exhaust OAD Position Setpoints ll Exhaust Enable Target ___ Exhaust Enable Full Fan Speed Design Full Fan Speed Offset 1 T Minimum Fan Speed Middle Fan Speed Maximum Fan Speed 58 Exhaust Enable Space Pressure Control Statitrac A pressure transducer is used to measure and report direct space building static pressure The user defined control parameters used in this control scheme are Space Pressure Setpoint and Space Pressure Deadband As the Economizer opens the building pressure rises and enables the Exhaust Fan The Exhaust dampers will be modulated to maintain Space Pressure within the Space Pressure Deadband Note The Exhaust Enable setpoint will need to be selected as on units with standard power exhaust control Figure 46 Transducer voltage output vs pressure input for building pressure 0 75 to 9 0 Iwc Pressure Transducer Voltage Output vs Pressure Input 3 00 2 50 Volts 2 00 1 50 oO oO a o oO o gt oO oO e Pe Pe PPP OPS E E E SP SA Pressure inches w c Power Exhaust Control Tracking The power exhaust dampers proportionally track or follow the fresh air economizer damper position The offset between the fresh air and the exhaust damper s is adjustable see figures beginning with Figure 53 p 76 Refer to Power Exhaust Fan Performance tables beginning with Table 50 p 76
35. _f 1a 5 5 OPTIONAL REMOTE SENSOR gt gt 24 4 _4 7 5 3 4 21 23 Q Ti 4 4 Variable Air Volume non SZ VAV Control Options The RTRM must have a mode inputin orderto operate the rooftop unit The normal mode selection used with a remote panel with or without night setback or ICS is AUTO and OFF Table 15 p 35 lists the operating sequence should a CV SZVAV zone sensor be applied to a traditional VAV system having selectable modes i e Fan selection ON or AUTO System selection HEAT COOL AUTO and OFF Default Mode Input for Discharge Air Control For unit stand alone operation without a remote panel or an ICS connected jumper between terminals J 6 2 and J 6 4 on RTRM VHR Relay Output For stand alone VAV unit operation the VHR output should be wired to drive VAV boxes to maximum position during RT SVX34H EN all heating modes and unoccupied periods The VHR contacts are shown in the de energized position and will switch energize during the above mentioned operating modes Figure 26 VHR relay output LTB3 po a Fa 1 z3 163A F gt gt 5 1654 2 pg 2 7 5 VHR Note 1 gt Heat mode unoccupied mode relay output to VAV Table 15 Variable air volume mode operation System Mode Fan Auto Fan On DWU Active DWU2 DWU2 Heat DWU Off off4 VAV Heating4 Cool VAV Coolin
36. be left in any Test step for up to one hour before it will automatically terminate or it can be terminated by opening the main power disconnect switch Once the test mode has been terminated the LED will glow continuously and the unit will revert to the System control i e zone temperature for constant volume units or discharge air temperature for variable air volume units Test Modes There are three methods in which the Test mode can be cycled at LTB1 Test 1 and LTB1 Test 2 L Step Test Mode This method initiates the different components of the unit one at a time by temporarily shorting across the two test terminals for two to three seconds For the initial startup of either a Constant Volume or Variable Air Volume Single Zone or Traditional unit this method allows the technician to cycle a component on and have up to one hourto complete the check 2 Resistance Test Mode This method can be used for startup providing a decade box for variable resistance 63 outputs is available This method initiates the different components of the unit one at a time when a specific resistance value is placed across the two test terminals The unit will remain in the specifictest mode for approximately one hour even though the resistance is left on the test terminals Auto Test M ode This method is not recommended for startup due to the short timing between individual component steps This method initiates
37. has been lowered approximately 25 degrees F below the cutout setpoint Figure 3L High temperature sensor BAYFRSTOO03 Control Box REMOVE FACTORY SUPPLIED JUMPER Supply Duct_ High Limit Control X1310004001 N Return Duct High Limit Control X1310004002 Remote Minimum Position Potentiometer BAYSTAT023 This device can be used with units with an economizer It allows the operator to remotely set the position of the economizer dampers from 0 to 50 of fresh air entering the space Figure 32 Remote minimum position potentiometer BAYSTATO23 ECA LTB3 1 p134 o o p 53 gw LTB5 2 Minimum Position Potentiometer hit Blue aima ite Red NOTE BAYSTATO23A RT SVX34H EN Ss TRANE Installation Electrical Space Temperature Averaging Space temperature averaging is accomplished by wiring a number of remote sensors in a series parallel circuit The fewest number of sensors required to accomplish space temperature averaging is four Example 1 illustrates two series circuits with two sensors in each circuit wired in parallel Any number squared is the number of remote sensors required Example 2 illustrates three sensors squared in a series parallel circuit NSB panel remote sensors must use twisted shielded cable Figure 33 Space temperature averag
38. licensed electrician or other individual who has been propery trained in handling live electrical components perform these tasks Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical components could result in death or serious injury HIGH VOLTAGE IS PRESENT AT TERMINAL BLOCK HTB1 OR UNIT DISCONNECT SWITCH Upon power initialization the RTRM performs self diagnostic checks to insure that all internal controls are functional It also checks the configuration parameters against the components connected to the system The LED located on the RTRM module is turned On within one second of power up if internal operation is okay The economizer dampers are driven open for 5 seconds then fully closed if applicable When an economizer is installed DO NOT ENTER the TEST mode until all calibration startup functions have been completed Otherwise the economizer actuator and power exhaust output may not function properly during any of the test mode steps Allow 2 minutes after unit power up to complete economizer calibration before entering the test mode function Use the following Test procedure to bypass some time delays and to start the unit at the control panel Each step of unit operation can be activated individually by temporarily shorting across the Test terminals for two to three seconds The LED located on the RTRM module will blink when the test mode has been initiated The unit can
39. the Supply Fan Speed will increase to 100 for 3 minutes Once the 3 minute compressor inhibit delay has expired compressors will be allowed to energize to meet the space demand The supply fan speed output will continue to modulate in order to meet the zone cooling requirements Once compressors are being utilized for additional cooling capacity the economizer will be forced to 100 if enabled As the cooling capacity begins to stage back less cooling load the economizer will remain at 100 if enabled until all compressors have de energized Economizer Enabled to Disabled Ifthe economizeris enabled and the unit is actively cooling with the economizer if the economizer becomes disabled the RT SVX34H EN S TRANE Sequence of Operation economizer will be closed to the active minimum position and compressors will be allowed to stage without delay if the minimum off timers have expired and there is a Cooling demand requesting compressor operation During this transition the fan will continue to modulate in order to meet the space demand Economizer Disabled to Enabled if compressors are energized for Cooling and the economizer was disabled but becomes enabled due to desirable ambient conditions the economizer will be forced to 100 as on traditional VAV units Compressor Cooling Compressor output control and protection schemes will function much like on non SZ VAV units Normal compressor HPC and LPC control will remain
40. 03 0 08 0 13 0 20 0 31 0 25 0 39 0 12 0 21 0 18 0 41 0 076 0 05 11700 0 01 0 04 0 1 0 15 0 23 0 35 0 29 0 44 0 13 0 23 0 2 0 46 0 085 0 05 ee 12500 0 01 0 04 0 11 0 17 0 26 0 39 0 32 0 48 0 14 0 26 0 23 0 50 0 096 0 06 13300 0 02 0 05 0 12 0 19 0 29 0 42 0 36 0 53 0 15 0 28 0 25 0 55 0 107 0 07 14200 0 02 0 06 0 14 0 22 0 32 0 46 0 40 0 58 0 17 0 32 0 28 0 61 0 12 0 08 12500 0 01 0 04 0 11 0 17 0 33 0 48 0 33 0 48 0 14 0 26 0 23 0 50 0 095 0 06 13300 0 02 0 05 0 12 0 19 0 36 0 53 0 36 0 53 0 15 0 28 0 25 0 55 0 108 0 07 42 146 14200 0 02 0 06 0 16 0 24 0 40 0 58 0 40 0 58 0 17 0 34 0 29 0 61 0 12 0 08 15800 0 02 0 07 0 18 0 27 0 48 0 68 0 48 0 68 0 19 0 38 0 34 0 71 0 136 0 10 16700 0 03 0 08 0 2 0 3 0 53 0 74 0 53 0 74 0 2 0 41 0 36 0 77 0 155 0 11 Note Static pressure drops of accessory components must be added to external static pressure to enter fan performance tables RT SVX34H EN 73 Table 48 Component static pressure drops Pa SI 50 Hz Heating System Filters Throw MERV 8 High MERV14 Nominal Gas Heat Electric Heat 1D Coil away Eff High Eff Std Tons L s 1 2 100 kW Std Air Low High Element Element Dry Wet Adder 50mm mm 100 mm Economizer 3150 17 13 11 12 21 34 12 19 17 38 8 3540 21 16 14 15 26 41 17 26 24 45 10 80 23 3930 26 20 17 19 30 48 19 31 29 50 12 4320 31 24 21 23 36 55 22 36 34 57 15 4720 37 29 25 27 41 62 26 43 38 65 17 3540 21 16 14 15 26 41
41. 229 2 13 50 5 315 2 10 40 9 267 10 0 29 5 3 11 7 0 1 2 1 0 4 1 315 1 6 28 0 203 7 5 18 8 TOTE 230 60 3 207 253 2 13 50 5 315 2 10 40 9 267 10 0 25 2 3 11 7 0 1 2 1 0 4 1 YC 360 158 1 6 14 1 7 5 9 4 460 60 3 414 506 2 13 23 0 158 2 10 18 6 98 142 10 0 112 6 3 11 35 1 2 1 0 1 8 136 1 6 12 2 7 5 7 8 575 60 3 517 633 2 13 19 0 136 2 10 15 4 84 103 10 0 10 1 3 1 1 2 8 1 2 1 0 1 4 7 5 22 2 1 13 50 5 315 1 6 28 0 203 208 60 3 187 229 1 15 56 0 351 2 11 44 9 304 10 0 295 3 1 1 7 0 1 2 1 0 4 1 15 0 40 7 7 5 18 8 1 13 50 5 315 1 6 28 0 203 230 60 3 207 253 1 15 56 0 351 2 11 44 9 304 10 0 25 2 3 1 1 7 0 1 2 1 0 4 1 TC TE 15 0 35 4 YC 420 3 E ee 7 5 9 4 1 13 23 0 158 1 6 14 1 g 460 60 3 414 506 1 15 27 5 197 2 11 19 2 147 10 0 12 6 3 1 1 3 5 1 2 1 0 1 8 15 0 17 7 1 13 19 0 1367 1 6 12 2 84 23 78 575 60 3 517 633 1 15 23 0 146 2 11 16 6 122 10 0 101 3 1 1 2 8 1 2 1 0 1 4 15 0 15 1 1 13 50 5 315 1 8 31 1 203 10 0 29 5 2038 60 3 161223 1 20 83 9 485 2 13 50 5 315 15 0 40 7 aa aa A 2 sd as 1 13 50 5 315 1 8 31 1 203 10 0 25 2 FOTE 230 60 3 207 253 320 839 ass 2 13 50 5 315 liso 354 4 22 7 9 1 2 1554 YC 480 1 13 23 0 158 1 8 14 1 98 10 0 12 6 2400 60 3 414 506 1 20 34 0 215 2 13 23 0 158 15 0 17 7 cl bs Meis A 2 all Id 1 13 19 0 136 1 8 11 5 84 10 0 10 1 5275 60 3 312
42. 2313 1252 40 ton 2 Stage Gas Heat 2313 1253 50 ton 2 Stage Gas Heat 2313 1257 27 5 35 ton Modulating Gas Heat 2313 1258 40 ton Modulating Gas Heat 2313 1259 50 ton Modulating Gas Heat Raceway Devices Connection Print 208 575 2313 1311 2313 1312 27 5 35 ton 2 Stage Gas Heat 40 ton 2 Stage Gas Heat 2313 1313 50 ton 2 Stage Gas Heat 2313 1314 27 5 35 ton Modulating Gas Heat 2313 1315 40 ton Modulating Gas Heat 2313 1316 50 ton Modulating Gas Heat RT SVX34H EN 135 Ss TRANE Unit Wiring Diagram Numbers Table 79 Wiring diagrams TC TE units high efficiency Diagram Number 1213 0200 Type of Airflow Schematic Type Voltage Power 208 575 Description All Units High Efficiency 208 575 1213 0336 All Units Cooling Only Constant Volume Variable Air Volume 208 230 1213 0333 Heat Power and 36kw and 54kw Electric Heat Single Zone Variable Air Controls 1213 0334 380 575 36kw and 54kw Electric Heat Volume 1213 0335 72kw 90kw 108kw Electric Heat Refrigeration Controls 208 575 1213 0201 27 5 50 Ton Units 1213 0203 All Units without Statitrac Control Modules 208 575 1213 0205 All Units with Statitrac 1213 0208 27 5 35T 40T and 50T Cooling Only 208 230 1213 0227 27 5 35T 36KW 54KW Electric Heat 1213 0236 40T and 50T
43. 400 350 Discharge Pressure PSIG 300 250 200 90 90 TC TE YC 600 FULL LOAD HE e 115 F Ambient HHA 105 F Ambient o ado 95 F Ambient zan 85 F Ambient A E 75 F Ambient a AO 65 F Ambient Heeh een ome 55 F Ambient 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 Suction Pressure PSIG RT SVX34H EN Startup Figure 83 22 9 Ton operating pressure standard efficiency 50 Hz TC TE YC 275 FULL LOAD 700 5 650 oO a a a Q a 600 4 8 a 2 ao a a a T a uw FE g 550 E g S 3 Em ie N 5 g 115 F OD Ambient 500 2 a 105 F ODAmbient 2 450 oa gt 95 F OD Ambient 400 2 a 85 F OD Ambient 350 4 75F OD Ambient 300 4 65 F OD Ambient 250 5 55 F OD Ambient 200 l 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 Suction Pressure Psig Figure 84 25 4 Ton operating pressure standard efficiency 50 Hz TC TE YC 305 FULL LOAD 700 gt 650 a co Qo a Q Q 600 a a o E o mi m g 550 u 8 S Es 5 3 8 D 8 115F OD Ambient 2 500 g 3 105 F OD Ambient 2 450 a gt 95 F OD Ambient g 400 4 o 2 a 85 FOD Ambient 350 75 F OD Ambient 300 65F OD Ambient 250 4 55 F OD Ambient 200 r r i 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 Suction Pressure Psig RT SVX34H EN 91 Figure 85 29 2 Ton operating pressures standard efficiency 50 Hz TC TE YC 350
44. 92 2600 2600 0 52 6100 6100 1 11 9700 9700 1 55 13400 13400 1 93 2700 2700 0 54 6200 6200 1 12 9800 9800 1 57 13500 13500 1 94 2800 2800 0 56 6300 6300 1 13 9900 9900 1 58 13600 13600 1 95 2900 2900 0 58 6400 6400 1 15 10000 10000 1 59 13700 13700 1 96 3000 3000 0 60 6500 6500 1 17 10100 10100 1 60 13800 13800 1 97 3100 3100 0 62 6600 6600 1 18 10200 10200 1 61 13900 13900 1 98 3200 3200 0 64 6700 6700 1 19 10300 10300 1 63 14000 14000 1 99 3300 3300 0 66 6800 6800 1 20 10400 10400 1 65 14100 14100 2 00 3400 3400 0 68 6900 6900 1 22 10500 10500 1 67 14200 14200 2 01 3500 3500 0 70 7000 7000 1 23 10600 10600 1 68 14300 14300 2 02 3600 3600 0 72 7100 7100 1 24 10700 10700 1 69 14400 14400 2 03 3700 3700 0 74 7200 7200 1 25 10800 10800 1 70 14500 14500 2 04 3800 3800 0 76 7300 7300 1 26 10900 10900 1 71 14600 14600 2 05 3900 3900 0 78 7400 7400 1 27 11000 11000 1 72 14700 14700 2 06 4000 4000 0 80 7500 7500 1 28 11100 11100 1 73 14800 14800 2 07 4100 4100 0 82 7600 7600 1 29 11200 11200 1 74 14900 14900 2 08 4200 4200 0 84 7700 7700 1 30 11300 11300 1 74 15000 15000 2 09 4300 4300 0 86 7800 7800 1 31 11400 11400 1 75 15100 15100 2 10 4400 4400 0 88 7900 7900 1 32 11500 11500 1 76 15200 15200 2 11 11600 11600 1 77 15300 15300 2 12 RT SVX34H EN 49 Startup Table 27 Design minimum OA flow setpoint Table 28 OA flow adjustment setpoint Design Design
45. A static pressure sensor vertically to the sensor bracket 4 Remove the dust cap from the tubing connector located below the sensor in the vertical support 5 Attach one end of the 50 x 3 16 O D factory provided pneumatic tubing to the sensor s top port and the other end of the tubing to the connector in the vertical support Discard any excess tubing Units with Statitrac 1 Open the filter access door and locate the Statitrac Transducer Assembly illustrated in Figure 17 p 24 There are two tube connectors mounted on the left of the solenoid and transducers Connect one end of the field provided 1 4 length 50 100 ft or 3 8 length greater than 100 ft O D pneumatic tubing for the space pressurization control to the fitting indicated in the illustration 2 Route the opposite end of the tubing to a suitable location inside the building This location should be the largest open area that will not be affected by sudden static pressure changes 23 Ss TRANE Installation General Requirements Figure 16 Pressure tubing DUCT PRESSURE TRANSDUCER ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE SENSING KIT TUBING SCHEMATIC Top Port Connection A Duct Static 2 X 3 16 OD Tubing d gt f Outside Air Transduce A _ Pressure Sensor gensor Mounting LO HL _ Bracke a Factory Provide Pneumatic Tubing Field Installed Factory Provided __ Bracket 4 Sensing Tube to ai si be s E p
46. BK160 X 1 7 16 BK160 1 7 16 BK62H BK62H H1 3 8 h 1 3 8 PS 650 BK190 X 1 7 16 BK190 1 7 16 BK75H BK75H H1 3 8 maja BX108 Notched pes 700 BK160X17 16 BK160 1 7 16 BK67H BK67H H1 3 8 masa PX amp 30 Notched 10 hp 750 BK160 X 1 7 16 BK160 1 7 16 BK72H BK72H H1 3 8 H 1 3 8 SAMS Notched BX100 7 5hp 600 BK160 X 17 16 BK160 1 7 16 BK57H BK57H H1 3 8 H 1 3 8 RALO 650 BK190 X 1 7 16 BK190 1 7 16 BK75H BK75H H1 3 8 H 1 3 8 v PALOS Notched 10 hp BX103 35 700 BK160X 1 7 16 BK160 1 7 16 BK67H BK67H H1 3 8 h 1 3 8 De BX103 790 BK160X17 16 BK160 1 7 16 1B5V68 1B685DS B15 8 SDS15 8 AN 15 hp 9 BX103 800 BK160 X 1 7 16 BK160 1 7 16 1B5V70 1B70SDS B 15 8 sps 15 8 4 500 2B5V124 2B124SK B111 16 SK111 16 2BK36H 2BK36H 4H 1 3 8 H 1 3 8 eee 525 2B5V124 2B124SK B111 16 SK111 16 2BK40H 2BK40H H1 3 8 H 1 3 8 soo 10 hp BX95 575 2B5V124 2B124SK B111 16 SK111 16 2BK45H 2BK45H H1 3 8 H 1 3 8 Oe d 40 625 2B5V124 2B124SK B111 16 SK111 16 2B5V42 2B42SH P11 5 8 SH15 8 nee 675 2B5V136 2B136SK B 111 16 SK111 16 2B5V50 2B50SDS B15 8 SDS 15 8 TEA 15 hp BX97 725 2B5V136 2B136SK B 111 16 SK111 16 2B5V54 2B54SDS B 15 8 SDS 15 8 O ed 10 RT SVX34H EN Ss TRANE Maintenance Table 64 Supply fan sheave and belt Fan Sheave a b c Fan Bushing Motor Sheave d Motor Bushing e Tons Motor RPM Browning ssT Browning ssT Browning ssT Browning ssT Belt 525 2B5V124 2B124SK B 111 16 SK111 16 2BK40H 2BK40H H 1 3 8 H 1 3 8 os 10
47. Base Electrical 25 s 67 gt 5501 2 s 67 Three Places 1 2 13 NPS Connection Thru Base Electrical gt lt 25 s 67 17 Ss TRANE Unit Dimensions and Weights Figure 8 Duct openings 60 Hz 40 50 50 Hz 33 42 Tons TH TH YH low and high heat 1 16 27 fea Three Places Opening Opening 79 1781 ar 4 8 111 53 J 36 e 2 16 1349 916 62 Notes e Forcombination of horizontal and downflow openings On horizontal units the VFD is located between the digit 3 F or R see Figure 7 p 17 for appropriate supply and return ductwork which makes access downflow upflow dimensions and Figure 8 p 18 for limited appropriate horizontal dimensions Figure 9 60 Hz 40 50 50 Hz 33 42 Tons TC TE YC low and high heat NOTES 1 SEE ROOFCURB DRAWING FOR DETAILS ON FIELD DUCT FITUP AND CONNECTIONS 2 SEE DETAIL HOOD DRAWING FOR HORIZONTAL DOWNFLOW UNITS FOR ADDITIONAL DIMENSION AND LOCATION 232 3 4 5911 8mm SEE NOTE 2 NI 3 25 82 55mm TO TOP OF FAN GRILLE e 49 9 16 1258 8mm_ 55 1 Ts 1 1 4 31 7mm PVC PIPE FEMALE 77 1955 8mm 1 25 4MM NPT 232 3 8 HIGH HEAT GAS INLET 5902 3mm 3 4 19MM NPT LOW HEAT GAS INLET 90 1 16 4 66 2287 5mm CUSTOMER 118 4mm CONNECTION POINT Note Dimensions in are mm 1 25 4 mm 18 RT SVX34H EN Ss TRANE Unit Dimensions and Wei
48. D 17000 A A A B B C C Table 55 275 35 Ton horizontal economizer O A 17500 A A A A B c c damper static pressure setup 18000 A A A A B E System Return Air Duct Static Return Air Damper 18500 A A A A B B Design Static Inches of Water 19000 A A A A B B C CFM 0 20 0 40 0 60 0 80 1 00 1 20 1 40 19500 A A A A B B B Drive Rod Position 20000 A A A A A B B 8000 A F G G G G G 8500 A F G G G G G Table 57 40 50 Ton horizontal economizer O A 9000 A E G G G G G damper static pressure setup 9500 a E F G G G G System Return Air Duct Static Return Air Damper 10000 A D E G G G G Design Static Inches of Water 11000 A D E F G G G CFM 0 20 0 40 0 60 0 80 1 00 1 20 1 40 11500 A B E F G G G Drive Rod Position 12000 A A D F G G G 12000 A B E F G G G 12500 A A D E F G G 12500 A B D E F G G 13000 A A D E F G G 13000 A A D E F G G 13500 A A C E F F G 13500 A A D E F G G 14000 A A C D E F G 14000 A A E E F F G 14500 A A B D E F F 14500 A A C D E F F 15000 A A B D E F F 15500 A A B D E E F 16000 A A A C D E F 16500 A A A C D E F 17000 A A A B D E E 17500 A A A B D E E 18000 A A A B E D E 18500 A A A A E D E 19000 A A A A B D E 19500 A A A A B C E 20000 A A A A B G D 78 RT SVX34H EN For Models with Ultra Low Leak Economizers The installer can adjust the stroke of the direct drive actuator on the O A damper to compensate for various R A duct losses Figure 59 p 79 and Figure 60 p 79 illustrate the damper amp actuator assembly an
49. Diagram Numbers Table 77 Wiring diagrams TC TE units standard efficiency Variable Air Volume Single Zone Variable Air Volume Control Modules 208 575 2313 1268 All Units without Statitrac 2313 1270 All Units with Statitrac Control Box Connection Print Raceway Devices Connection Print Control Modules 208 230 2313 0788 27 5 35 ton 36KW 54KW Electric Heat 2313 0790 40 ton 54KW Electric Heat 2313 0792 50 ton 54KW Electric Heat 2313 1203 27 5 35 ton Cooling Only 2313 1204 40 ton Cooling Only 2313 1205 50 ton Cooling Only 380 575 208 575 208 575 2313 0789 27 5 35 ton 36KW 54KW Electric Heat 2313 0791 40 ton 54KW Electric Heat 2313 0793 50 ton 54KW Electric Heat 2313 0794 27 5 35 ton 72KW 90KW Electric Heat 2313 0795 40 ton 72KW 108KW Electric Heat 2313 0796 50 ton 72KW 108KW Electric Heat 2313 1206 27 5 35 ton Cooling Only 2313 1207 40 ton Cooling Only 2313 1208 50 ton Cooling Only 2313 1287 27 5 35 ton 36KW 54KW 2313 1288 27 5 35 ton 72KW 90KW 2313 1289 40 ton 54KW 72KW 2313 1290 40 ton 90KW 108KW 2313 1291 50 ton 54KW 72KW 2313 1292 50 ton 90KW 108KW 2313 1268 All Units without Statitrac 2313 1270 All Units with Statitrac Control Box Connection Print 208 230 2313 1233 27 5 35 t
50. IN CONTROL MIN ON OFF OFF OFF IN CONTROL 100 0 ON 6 COOL 22 ON IN CONTROL MIN ON ON OFF OFF IN CONTROL 100 0 ON 7 COOL 3 ON IN CONTROL MIN ON ON ON OFF IN CONTROL 100 0 ON 8 REHEAT ON IN CONTROL MIN ON ON ON OFF IN CONTROL 50 50 ON 9 HEAT 1 ON IN CONTROL MIN OFF OFF OFF 50 OFF 100 0 ON 10 HEAT 2 ON IN CONTROL MIN OFF OFF OFF 100 OFF 100 0 ON 11 RESET Notes 2 3 Stage Standard Efficiency Units 1 For Traditional VAV units the VFD Command when In Control will be controlled based on Supply Air Pressure Requirements For SZ VAV units the VFD Command will be at discrete points during Test Mode For 27 5 35T units both compressors will be energized during the Cool 2 Step For 40 50T units only Compressor 2 will be energized during the Cool 2 Step The Reheat Pumpout relay will be energized any time the Reheat circuit is energized in active Cooling Mode For units with Statitrac installed the Exhaust Damper will track the Economizer position during Service Test Mode and the Exhaust Fan will be energized once the Economizer rises above the Exhaust Enable Setpoint 5 Heating will not be energized during Service Test until the 6 minute VAV Box ON timer has expired Notes 5 Stage High Efficiency Units Compressor 1 is the smaller compressor on the circuit Condenser fans are controlled as defined for normal operation Exhaust fan operates as defined for normal operation
51. IN CONTROL MIN ON OFF OFF OFF OFF IN CONTROL 100 0 ON 6 COOL 22 ON IN CONTROL MIN ON2 ON2 OFF OFF OFF IN CONTROL 100 0 ON 7 COOL 3 ON IN CONTROL MIN ON ON ON OFF OFF IN CONTROL 100 0 ON 8 REHEAT ON IN CONTROL MIN ON ON ON OFF OFF IN CONTROL 50 50 ON 9 HEAT 1 ON IN CONTROL MIN OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF 100 0 ON 10 HEAT 2 ON IN CONTROL MIN OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF 100 0 ON 11 RESET Notes 2 amp 3 Stage Standard Efficiency Units 1 For Traditional VAV units the VFD Command when In Control will be controlled based on Supply Air Pressure Requirements For SZ VAV units the VFD Command will be at discrete points during Test Mode For 27 5 35T units both compressors will be energized during the Cool 2 Step For 40 50T units only Compressor 2 will be energized during the Cool 2 Step The Reheat Pumpout relay will be energized any time the Reheat circuit is energized in active Cooling Mode For units with Statitrac installed the Exhaust Damper will track the Economizer position during Service Test Mode and the Exhaust Fan will be energized once the Economizer rises above the Exhaust Enable Setpoint 5 Heating will not be energized during Service Test until the 6 minute VAV Box ON timer has expired Notes 5 Stage High Efficiency Units Compressor 1 is the smaller compressor on the circuit Condenser fans are controlled as defined for normal operation Exhaust fan operates as defined for normal operation based on
52. LED blinks at ZSM WTL2 or WTL3 Winding Compressor CPR2 or CPR3 will Normally Closed Cool Failure Output at RTRM J 6 8 to J 6 6 COOL Temperature Limit not operate y LED blinks at ZSM CC1 Compressor Compressor CPR1 will not Varies by unit Cool Failure Output at RTRM J 6 8 to J 6 6 COOL Contactor 24 VAC coil operate y LED blinks at ZSM CC2 or CC3 Compressor Compressor CPR2 or CPR3 will Varies by unit Cool Failure Output at RTRM J 6 8 to J 6 6 COOL Contactor 24 VAC coil not operate y LED blinks at ZSM CFS Clogged Filter Switch This input is for indication only and does not effect the normal operation of the unit Normal operation 0 VAC measured between terminals J 5 1 and Ground SERVICE LED ON 2 30 Vdc present at RTRM J 6 6 and J 6 10 FFS Supply Fan Proving Switch 128 Unit will not operate in any mode 0 5 W C Normally Open Service Failure Output at RTRM J 6 6 to J6 10 SERVICE LED blinks at ZSM RT SVX34H EN Ss TRANE Diagnostics Table 75 Component failure mode COMPONENT FAI LURE RESPONSE NORMAL RANGE DI AGNOSTI C SPT Static Pressure Transducer VAV Fan speed command remains at 0 0 25 4 Vdc between J8 andJ9 on VAV Heat and Cool Failure Output at RTRM J6 7 to J6 6 amp RTRM J 6 8 to J 6 6 HEAT and COOL LED s blink at ZSM Condensate Overflow Switch Closed Unit will not operate N A Ch
53. OFF OFF 0 60 1 OFF OFF 0 40 1 orrt OFF 65 70 1or2 orFt orr 60 65 10R2 orFt orr 40 45 10R2 ON ON OFF 70 80 2 ON ON OFF 65 75 2 ON ON OFF 45 65 2 on jorF 80 85 2or4 on jorFt 75 80 20R4 on jorFt 65 70 20R4 ON ON 85 115 4 ON ON 80 115 4 ON ON 70 115 4 50 Ton High Efficiency Compressor Stages 1 amp 2 Compressor Stages 3 amp 4 Compressor Stage5 Fan Ambient Cond Fan Ambient Cond Fan Ambient Cond Fan Fan 3 amp Range Fans Fan Fan 3 amp Range Fans Fan Fan 3 amp Range Fans 1 2 4 F On 1 2 4 F On 1 2 4 F On OFF OFF 0 60 1 OFF OFF 0 55 1 OFF OFF 0 35 1 ofr OFF 60 65 1or2 OFF OFF 55 60 10R2 OFF OFF 35 40 10R2 ON ON OFF 65 75 2 ON ON OFF 60 70 2 ON ON OFF 40 60 2 on jorr 75 80 20r4 on jorr 70 75 20R4 on jorr 60 65 20R4 ON ON 80 115 4 ON ON 75 115 4 ON ON 65 115 4 Notes 1 Condenser fan will de energize at 5 F below the energizing temperature 2 Compressor Stage 1 CPR1 3 Compressor Stage 2 CPR2 or CPR3 depending on staging sequence 4 Compressor Stage 3 CPR1 CPR2 or CPR2 CPR3 depending on staging sequence 5 Compressor Stage 4 CPR2 CPR3 6 Compressor Stage 5 CPR1 CPR2 amp CPR3 7 Conventional three stage thermostat sequence Y1 CPR1 Stage 1 Y2 CPR1 amp 2 Stage 3 Y1 Y2
54. ON ON ON Sequence 3 Stage CPR 1 CPR2 CPR3 1 Start at Stage 2 2 OFF OFF ON 3 ON OFF ON 4 OFF ON ON 5 ON ON ON Figure 39 Compressors 5 30 35 Ton Standard Efficiency 0 Ton Standard Efficiency 50 Ton Standard Efficiency 27 5 30 35 40 50 Ton High Efficiency CPRS CPR Zone Temperature Occupied Cooling CV and SZ VAV When the unit is in the cooling mode and the zone temperature raises above the cooling setpoint control band the economizer and the compressor stages will be cycled as required by the zone sensor remote panel or Tracer For SZ VAV control the fan capacity will also be controlled in order to meet the zone cooling demand Zone Temperature Occupied Heating CV and SZ VAV When the unit is in the heating mode and the zone temperature falls below the heating setpointcontrol band the necessary stages of heat will cycle to raise the temperature to within the setpoint control band For SZ VAV the fan capacity will also be controlled in order to meet the zone heating demand RT SVX34H EN Supply Fan CV and SZ VAV When the Fan Selection Switch is in the AUTO position and a call for cooling is initiated the supply fan will delay starting for approximately one second on traditional CV units For SZ VAV units the supply fan will be controlled ON based on the zone cooling demand Once ON the unit will begin staging cooling capac
55. ON timer has expired Notes 5 Stage High Efficiency Units Compressor 1 is the smaller compressor on the circuit Condenser fans are controlled as defined for normal operation Exhaust fan operates as defined for normal operation based on economizer position When Compressor 1 is energized with either C1 C2 or with both for 30 minutes continuously C3 will be required to de energize for 30 seconds Table 43 Test mode states for SZ VAV units with modulating dehumidification and modulating heat TEST COMP COMP COMP HEAT COOL REHEAT STEP MODE FAN VFD COMMAND ECON4 1 2 3 OUTPUT PUMPOUT3 VALVE VALVE 1 FAN ON ON 45 0 VDC MIN OFF OFF OFF 0 OFF 100 0 2 ECONOMIZER ON 45 0 VDC OPEN OFF OFF OFF 0 OFF 100 0 3 COOL 1 ON 80 6 67 VDC MIN ON OFF OFF 0 IN CONTROL 100 0 4 COOL 22 ON IN CONTROL MIN ON ON OFF 0 IN CONTROL 100 0 5 COOL 3 ON IN CONTROL MIN ON ON ON 0 IN CONTROL 100 0 6 REHEAT ON 73 5 24 VDC MIN ON ON ON 0 IN CONTROL 50 50 7 HEAT 1 ON 100 10 VDC MIN OFF OFF OFF 50 OFF 100 0 8 HEAT 2 ON 100 10 VDC MIN OFF OFF OFF 100 OFF 100 0 9 RESET Notes 2 3 Stage Standard Efficiency Units 1 For Traditional VAV units the VFD Command when In Control will be controlled based on Supply Air Pressure Requirements For SZ VAV units the VFD Command will be at discrete points during Test Mode 2 For 27 5 35T units both co
56. RTRM has failed P Evaporator coil freezes up during low ambient operation System low on refrigerant charge 1 Leak check repair evacuate and recharge system as necessary 2 System low on air flow 2 Check return air for obstruction or dirty filters Check fan wheels motors and belts Outdoor Air Sensor OAS has Failed 3 Check OAS at connector P8 by disconnecting P8 from J 8 on the RTRM Check resistance between P8 1 and P8 2 refer to the Resistance versus Temperature chart Replace sensor if necessary Frostat has Failed 4 Check Frostat Switch 126 RT SVX34H EN Ss TRANE Diagnostics Table 74 Troubleshooting SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE RECOMMENDED ACTI ON 1 Economizer connector not plugged into unit wiring harness Q Economizer will not operate 2 Economizer Actuator ECA has failed 1 Check connector and connect if necessary 2 Verify that 24 VAC is present between ECA terminals 24 VAC and Common Place the unit in econ test mode economizer actuator should drive open In any other unit test mode economizer actuator should drive to minimum position If ECA does not drive as specified replace ECA 3 Wiring or terminal failure 3 Check wiring and terminals Repair or replace if necessary 4 ECA is defective 4 Perform the ECA Test Procedures discussed previously 1 Remote Minimum position R Minimum position is at ze
57. Single Zone Variable Air Controls 1213 0331 Low Heat Modulating Gas Units Volume 1213 0332 High Heat Modulating Gas Units Refrigeration 208 575 1213 0201 27 5 50 Ton Units Controls 1213 0203 All Units without Statitrac Control Modules 208 575 1213 0205 All Units with Statitrac ee 1213 0255 27 5 35T 40T and 50T 2 Stage Gas Heat Control Box 1213 0257 27 5 35T 40T and 50T Modulating Gas Heat Constant Volume c s onnection Print eee 1213 0256 27 5 35T 40T and 50T 2 Stage Gas Heat 1213 0258 27 5 35T 40T and 50T Modulating Gas Heat Raceway Devices J08 575 1213 0306 27 5 35 TON 40T and 50T 2 Stage Gas Heat Connection Print 1213 0312 27 5 35T 40T and 50T Modulating Gas Heat 1213 0204 All Units without Statitrac Control Modules 208 575 1213 0206 All Units with Statitrac eer 1213 0263 27 5 35T 40T and 50T 2 Stage Gas Heat Control Box 1213 0265 27 5 35T 40T and 50T Modulating Gas Heat Variable Air Volume Connection Print 330575 1213 0264 27 5 35T 40T and 50T 2 Stage Gas Heat 1213 0266 27 5 35T 40T and 50T Modulating Gas Heat Raceway Devices UE ERE 1213 0309 27 5 35 TON 40T and 50T 2 Stage Gas Heat Connection Print 1213 0313 27 5 35T 40T and 50T Modulating Gas Heat 1213 0204 All Units without Statitrac Control Modules 208 575 1213 0206 All Units with Statitrac 308230 1213 0259 27 5 35T 40T and 50T 2 Stage Gas Heat Single Zone Variable Air Control Box 1213 0261 27 5 35T 40T and 50T Modulating Gas He
58. Traq Sensor assembly and is measured by velocity pressure flow rings The velocity pressure flow rings are connected to a pressure transducer solenoid assembly The solenoid is used for calibration purposes to compensate for temperature swings that could affect the transducer The ReliaTel Ventilation Module RTVM utilizes the velocity pressure input the outdoor air temperature input and the minimum outside air CFM setpoint to modify the volume CFM of outside air entering the unit as the measured airflow deviates from setpoint For units with Traq when the optional CO2 sensor is installed and Demand Controlled Ventilation is enabled the Minimum Outside Air CFM Setpoint will be adjusted linearly between two airflow setpoints the Design Minimum Outside Air OA CFM Setpoint R130 and the DCV Minimum Outside Air CFM OA Setpoint R41 The resulting calculated setpoint is the Minimum OA CFM Target which is the setpoint used for active airflow control The Minimum OA CFM Target Setpoint will vary proportionally between the DCV Minimum OA Flow CFM Setpoint and the Design Minimum OA CFM Setpoint as CO2 varies between the CO2 Lower Limit Setpoint and the CO2 Upper Limit Setpoint as shown in Figure 41 The CO2 setpoints are seton the RTEM as with normal DCV control without Traq option 51 Full Fan Speed Figure 4L Minimum outside air CFM setpoint Space CO Level Design Min OA Flow Setpoint Min OA Flow Target DCV Min OA Flo
59. Var Freq Drives Factory VFD s Thru Non GFI o Unit Model Baro Power Man wo with Serv hea econ a Roof curb 60Hz 50Hz Relief Exhaust Damper Econ Bypass Valves Elec Switch Switch Lo Hi D F 330 275 110 50 165 74 50 23 260 117 85 39 115 52 18 8 6 3 30 14 85 38 310 141 330 150 H R 330 275 145 65 200 90 50 23 285 128 85 39 115 52 18 8 6 3 30 14 85 38 310 141 330 150 D F 360 305 110 50 165 74 50 23 260 117 85 39 115 52 18 8 6 3 30 14 85 38 310 141 330 150 H R 360 305 145 65 200 90 50 23 285 128 85 39 115 52 18 8 6 3 30 14 85 38 310 141 330 150 D F 420 350 110 50 165 74 50 23 260 117 85 39 115 52 18 8 6 3 30 14 85 38 310 141 330 150 H R 420 350 145 65 200 90 50 23 285 128 85 39 115 52 18 8 6 3 30 14 85 38 310 141 330 150 D F 480 400 110 50 165 74 50 23 290 131 115 52 150 68 18 8 6 3 30 14 85 38 365 169 365 169 H R 480 400 145 65 200 90 50 23 300 135 115 52 150 68 18 8 6 3 30 14 85 38 365 169 365 169 D F 600 500 110 50 165 74 50 23 290 131 115 52 150 68 18 8 6 3 30 14 85 38 365 169 365 169 H R 600 500 145 65 200 90 50 23 300 135 115 52 150 68 18 8 6 3 30 14 85 38 365 169 365 169 Ultra Tool Less Ultra Low Ultra Low Condenser Low Leak Leak High Unit Model HGRH Hail Leak 50 100 Efficiency 60Hz 50Hz Coil Guards Econ Exhaust Exhaust eStage D F 330 275 107 49 105 48 112 51 34 15 74 34 326 148 H R 330 275 107 49 105 48 78 35 34 15
60. When the OA CFM value is below the lower deadband limit the algorithm will increase the Traq OA Damper Min Position Request allowing more fresh air into the space The OA CFM Deadband will be hard coded to H 250 CFM RT SVX34H EN Traq with Demand Controlled Ventilation DCV If Demand Controlled Ventilation is enabled the Minimum OA CFM control point will be modified by high CO2 concentrations resetting the setpoint between Design and DCV Minimum OA CFM setpoint limits The Traq airflow control functionality described above will then use the calculated Min OA Flow Targetfor determining the Traq OA Minimum Position Request Dehumidification Modulating Hot Gas Reheat Sequence of Operation When the relative humidity in the controlled space as measured by the sensor assigned to space humidity sensing rises above the space humidity setpoint compressors and the supply fan will energize to reducethe humidity in the space All compressors on both refrigerant circuits will be staged up during active dehumidification A Voyager Commercial Rooftop unit can contain one or two refrigerant circuits Units with dehumidification will have one circuit with an outdoor condenser coil located in the outdoor section for normal head pressure control and a reheat coil located in the indoor air stream section for supply air reheat both coils are for the same circuit For 40 50 ton Voyager Commercial units the reheat circuit is circuit 2 For 27 5
61. active The RTEM will revertto normal operation when the Mixed Air Temperature rises above 48 F The Diagnostic will be reset when the Mixed Air Temperature Low Limit is inactive Verify Economizer Status by Economizer Actuator ECA RTEM LED indicator OFF No Power or Failure ON Normal OK to Economize Slow Flash Normal Not OK to Economize Fast Flash Second ON 2 Seconds OFF Communications Failure 1 Flash Actuator Fault 2 Flashes CO2 Sensor out of range 3 Flashes RA Humidity Sensor out of range 4 Flashes RA Temp Sensor out of range 6 Flashes OA Humidity Sensor out of range 7 Flashes OA Temp Sensor out of range 8 Flashes MA Temp Sensor out of range 9 11 Flashes Internal ECA failure Note The Outdoor Air Sensor OAS is also used for the economizer operation It is connected to the RTRM Test 1 Voltage Disconnect the OAS from the wires in the return air section Check the voltage at the wires going to the RTRM The voltage should be 5 0 25 Vdc Check the resistance at the wires going to the OAS and measure the temperature at the OAS location Using the Temperature versus Resistance chart verify the accuracy of the OAS If voltage specified is not present the ECA has failed Test 2 Testing the ECA sensors 1 Testing the Mixed Air Sensor MAS Disconnect the cable connected to MAT on the ECA Using the 122 Thermistor Resistance Temperature Chart Table 16 p 37 a Measure the resistan
62. and TE Units DSS 115 X LOAD1 LOAD2 LOAD4 For TE units use calculations A and B Calculation B TE Units DSS 115 X LOAD3 Supply Fan FLA Exhaust Fan FLA Use the larger value of calculations A or B to size the electrical disconnect switch Low Voltage Wiring An overall layout of the various control options available for a Constant Volume application is illustrated in Figure 20 p 32 and Figure 21 p 33 illustrates the various control options for a Variable Air Volume application The required number of conductors for each control device are listed in the illustration A typical field connection diagram for the sensors and other options are shown in the following section Remote Panels and Sensors These diagrams are representative of standard applications and are provided for general reference only Always refer to the wiring diagram that shipped with the unit for specific electrical schematic and connection information Note All field wiring must conform to NEC guidelines as well as state and local codes Control Power Transformer AWARNING Hazardous Voltage Disconnect all electric power including remote disconnects before servicing Follow proper lockout tagout procedures to ensure the power can not be inadvertently energized Failure to disconnect power before servicing could result in death or serious injury The 24 volt control power transformers are equipped with internal circuit bre
63. and check the gas pressure at the unit s gas train Refer to Installation Piping p 38 for the proper gas supply pressure and Figure 34 p 39 for the location of the gas pressure taps Close the main power disconnect switch and start the first stage heating Test again Wait approximately 60 seconds for the heater to switch to low fire and check the manifold gas pressure The manifold pressure for a two stage burner must be set at negative 0 2 w c 0 05 w c The manifold pressure on a modulating burner should be set at a positive 0 5 w c 0 05 w c For modulating burners expect to see the manifold pressure reading fluctuate while the burner is operating butit should never read negative AWARNING Hot Surfaces Surface temperatures may exceed 300 F 150 C on flue and heat exchanger components Contact of bare skin on hot surfaces could result in minor to severe bums J ump the test terminals momentarily to initiate second stage heat operation The combustion blower motor should go to high speed The second stage of heat in units with modulating gas will initiate the second heater bankto fire and both banks will operate at high fire The manifold pressures of the two heater banks in a high heat modulating unit will be different The pressure setting of the two stage burner will be a negative 0 2 w c while the modulating burner will be a positive 0 05 w c Note When firing a modulating unit for the fi
64. and stop the compressor Starting 40 to 50 Ton Standard Efficiency Units Install a set of service gauges onto the suction and discharge service ports of each circuit Follow the same procedures as above to start the first stage of compressor operation After the compressor and the condenser fans have been operating for approximately 30 minutes use Table 71 p 85 through Table 89 p 94 to determine the proper operating pressures for that circuit J ump across the Test Terminals once again This will allow the second stage compressors to start The first stage compressor will shut off providing the 3 minute On time has elapsed Note When the second refrigerant circuitis requested to operate both compressors of the 50 ton unit will run simultaneously Verify that the compressors are rotating in the correct direction Observe the operation of the compressor s and the system operating pressures After compressors and condenser fans for the circuit have been operating for approximately 30 minutes use Table 74 p 86 through Table 89 p 94 to determine the proper operating pressures For subcooling guidelines refer to Measuring Subcooling p 97 Units with Lead Lag function disabled jump across the TestTerminals once again This will allow the third stage of cooling number one circuit to start providing the 3 minute Off time has been satisfied Starting 27 5 50 Ton High Efficiency Units Inst
65. are secured in place RT SVX34H EN 99 S TRANE Pre Installation The checklist listed below is a summary of the steps required to successfully install a Voyager Commercial rooftop unit This checklist is intended to acquaint the installing personnel with what is required in the installation process It does not replace the detailed instructions called out in the applicable sections of this manual General Unit Requirements Downflow Upflow Models An optional roof curb specifically designed for the Voyager commercial rooftop units is available from Trane The roof curb kit must be field assembled and installed according to the latest edition of the curb installation guide e Assemble and install the roof curb including necessary gaskets Make sure the curb is level e Install and secure the ductwork to the curb All Units e Checkunitfor shipping damageand material shortage Refer to Unit Inspection p 13 e Rigging the unit Refer to Figure 12 p 20 e Placing the unit on curb check for levelness See Roof Curb and Ductwork on page 14 Ensure that the unit to curb seal is tight and without buckles or cracks e Install an appropriate drain line to the evaporator condensate drain connections as required Refer to Figure 14 p 23 e Service Valve Option See Starting the Compressor on page 82 e Return Fresh air damper adjustment Refer to Economizer Damper Adjustment on page 77
66. based on economizer position When Compressor 1 is energized with either C1 C2 or with both for 30 minutes continuously C3 will be required to de energize for 30 seconds RW N 66 RT SVX34H EN Startup Table 42 Test mode states for CV units with modulating dehumidification and modulating heat TEST COMP COMP COMP HEAT COOL REHEAT STEP MODE FAN ECON3 1 2 3 OUTPUT PUMPOUT2 VALVE VALVE VAV BOX4 1 FAN ON ON MIN OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 100 0 ON 2 ECONOMI ZER ON OPEN OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 100 0 ON 3 COOL 1 ON MIN ON OFF OFF OFF IN CONTROL 100 0 ON 4 COOL 21 ON MIN ON ON OFF OFF IN CONTROL 100 0 ON 5 COOL 3 ON MIN ON ON ON OFF IN CONTROL 100 0 ON 6 REHEAT ON MIN ON ON ON OFF IN CONTROL 50 50 ON 7 HEAT 1 ON MIN OFF OFF OFF 50 OFF 100 0 ON 8 HEAT 2 ON MIN OFF OFF OFF 100 OFF 100 0 ON 9 RESET Notes 2 amp 3 Stage Standard Efficiency Units 1 For 27 5 35T units both compressors will be energized during the Cool 2 Step For 40 50T units only Compressor 2 will be energized during 2 eee ee relay will be energized any time the Reheat circuit is energized in active Cooling Mode 3 For units with Statitrac installed the Exhaust Damper will track the Economizer position during Service Test Mode and the Exhaust Fan will be energized once the Economizer rises above the Exhaust Enable Setpoint 4 Heating will not be energized during Service Test until the 6 minute VAV Box
67. by step instructions for the curb assembly and installation with curb dimensions and curb configuration for A B and C cabinets ship with each Trane accessory roof curb kit See the latest edition of the curb installation guide Follow the instructions carefully to assure proper fit when the unit is set into place The S A and R A ductworkadjoining the roof curb must be fabricated and installed by the installing contractor before the unit is set into place Trane curbs include flanges around the openings to accommodate duct attachment Ductwork installation recommendations are included in the instruction booklet that ships with each Trane accessory roof curb kit Note For sound consideration cut only the holes in the roof deck for the supply and return duct penetration Do Not remove the roof decking from the inside perimeter of the curb If a Trane curb accessory kit is not used a The ductwork can be attached directly to the S A and R A openings Be sure to use a flexible duct connector at the unit b For built up curbs supplied by others gaskets must be installed around the curb perimeter flange Supply Air opening and Return Air openings c Insulation must be installed on the bottom of the condenser section of the unit Horizontal Ductwork When attaching the ductwork to a horizontal supply or horizontal return unit provide a water tight flexible connector at the unit to prevent noise transmissio
68. economizing if the supply air temperature falls below 50 F the damper will not be allowed to open any further until the supply air temperature rises above 50 F If the supply air temperature falls below 45 F the dampers will be driven to minimum position and held there until the supply air temperature rises above 50 F The mechanical cooling is disabled while in an economizing state until two conditions are met 1 The economizer dampers have been fully open for three minutes and 2 Thecalculated rate of change in the zone temperature is less than 12 F per hour If the economizer is disabled due to unsuitable conditions the economizer is at the selected minimum position when the supply fan is On and is closed when the supply fan is Off The mechanical cooling will cycle as though the unit had no economizer Modulating Power Exhaust If the unit is equipped with the modulating power exhaust option the power exhaust actuator will follow the position of the economizer actuator Mechanical Cooling without an Economizer CV and SZ VAV Mechanical cooling is used to maintain the zone temperature The RTRM is designed to limit the compressor cycle rates to within 10 cycles per hour based on the minimum compressor on and off times It stages the mechanical cooling to control the zone temperature to within H 2 F of the sensor setpoint at the sensed location Table 21 lists the compressor staging sequen
69. for that circuit is turned off immediately The compressor will not be allowed to restart for a minimum of three 3 minutes If four consecutive open conditions occur during the first three minutes of operation the compressor will be locked out a diagnostic communicated to ICSTM if applicable and a manual reset will be required to restart the compressor High Pressure Control and Temperature Discharge Limit ReliaTel Control The Temperature Discharge Limit TDL is located in the Compressor Output circuit and is connected in series with the High Pressure Control HPC The RTRM will register an auto reset lockout if either the high pressure control switch or the temperature discharge limit opens during compressor operation If the compressor output circuit is opened four consecutive times during compressor operation the RTRM will generate a manual reset lockout 108 RT SVX34H EN Maintenance Fan Belt Adjustment The Supply Fan belts must be inspected periodically to assure proper unit operation Replacement is necessary if the belts appear frayed or worn Units with dual belts require a matched set of belts to ensure equal belt length When installing new belts do not stretch them over the sheaves instead loosen the adjustable motormounting base Once the new belts are installed adjust the belt tension using a Browning or Gates tension gauge or equivalent illustrated in Figure 96 Figure 96 Typical belt tensio
70. hp BX95 575 2B5V124 2B124SK B111 16 SK111 16 2BK45H 2BK45H H1 3 8 H 1 3 8 Oe ad 50 625 2B5V124 2B124SK B111 16 SK111 16 2B5V42 2B42SH P11 5 8 SH15 8 ees 15 hp BX97 675 2B5V136 2B136SK B111 16 SK111 16 2B5V50 2B50SDS B15 8 SDs 15 8 ns 20hp 725 2B5V136 2B136SK B 111 16 SK111 16 2B5V54 2B54SDS B 15 8 SDS 1 5 8 e a Browning BK160 X 1 7 16 and SST BK160 1 7 16 sheaves are interchangeable b Browning BK190 X 1 7 16 and SST BK190 1 7 16 sheaves are interchangeable c All other sheaves amp bushings are interchangeable only in sheave bushing combination sets Sets do not mix vendors d Browning and SST sheaves with identical numbers are interchangeable and can be used with each other s bushings e Browning H 1 3 8 and SST H 1 3 8 bushings are interchangeable and can be used with each other s sheaves f For YC gas electric only g For TC and TE Cooling only and with electric heat units only Monthly Maintenance AWARNING Hazardous Voltage Disconnect all electric power including remote disconnects before servicing Follow proper lockout tagout procedures to ensure the power can not be inadvertently energized Failure to disconnect power before servicing could result in death or serious injury Before completing the following checks turn the unit OFF and lock the main power disconnect switch open Filters Inspect the return air filters Clean or replace them if necessary Refer to the table below for filte
71. in effect as well as normal 3 minute minimum on off and inter stage timers Also the condenser fans will be controlled as on non SZ VAV units and compressor staging sequences will beas described in Table 21 p 44 and Table 22 p 45 based on unit tonnage configuration and lead lag status Cooling Sequence If the control determines that there is a need for compressor stages in order to meet the discharge air requirements once supply fan proving has been made the unit will begin to stage compressors accordingly Note that a 5 second delay will be enforced between the command for supply fan output operation and the command for compressor output operation This delay is enforced to ensure that the supply fan is energized and ramping up to operating speed prior to energizing compressors As the zone cooling demand continues to increase if additional capacity is required the supply fan output will be modulated above minimum speed in order to meet the zone requirements Note that the supply fan speed will remain at the compressor stage s associated minimum value until the control requires additional capacity to meet the zone demand As the cooling load in the zone decreases the control will reduce the speed of the fan down to minimum per compressor stage and control the compressor outputs accordingly As the compressors begin to de energize the Supply Fan speed will fall back to the Cooling Stage s associated minimum fan speed but not bel
72. insufficient AC voltage supply e Refer to dimensional information beginning with Figure 1 p 14 for the electrical access locations provided on the unit e Do nat run the AC low voltage wiring in the same conduit with the high voltage power supply wiring Be sure to check all loads and conductors for grounds shorts and miswiring After correcting any discrepancies reset the circuit breakers by pressing the black button located on the left side of the transformer Table 13 AC conductors Distance from unit to control Recommended wire size 000 460 feet 18 gauge 461 732 feet 16 gauge 733 1000 feet 14 gauge RT SVX34H EN Ss TRANE Installation Electrical Field Installed DC Control Wiring e Must not pass between buildings AWARNING Proper Field Wiring and Grounding Required All field wiring MUST be performed by qualified personnel Improperly installed and grounded field wiring poses FIRE and ELECTROCUTION hazards To avoid these hazards you MUST follow requirements for field wiring installation and grounding as described in NEC and your local state electrical codes Failure to follow code could result in death or serious injury Use Copper Conductors Only Unit terminals are not designed to accept other types of conductors Failure to use copper conductors could result in equipment damage Before installing the connecting wiring between the components utilizing a DC analog output
73. is located at the end and side of the unit Table 2 Maximum slope End to End Side to Side Cabinet inches inches A 27 5 35 Ton Low Heat 3 1 2 1 5 8 B 27 5 35 Ton High Heat 4 1 5 8 C All 40 and 50 Ton Units 4 1 2 1 5 8 Note Do not exceed these allowances Correct the improper slope by building up the curb base The material used to raise the base must be adequate to support both the curb and the unit weight Table 3 Center of gravity Center of Gravity inches YC Low Heat YC High Heat TC TE Dimension Dimension Dimension Unit Model X Y zZ X Y Z X Y Z 330 275 41 76 33 41 84 33 42 76 33 360 305 43 77 33 43 85 33 44 77 33 420 350 42 78 33 42 86 33 43 78 33 480 400 42 111 35 42 111 35 42 111 35 600 500 43 108 35 43 108 35 43 108 35 Note Center of gravity dimensions are approximate and are based on the unit equipped with standard efficiency coils standard efficiency motors economizer and throwaway filters Note Z dimension is upward from the base of the unit Example Locating the center of gravity for a YC 360 MBH High Heat unit with 100 exhaust X 43 inches inward from the control panel side Y 85 inches inward from the compressor end Z 33 inches upward from the base RT SVX34H EN Ss TRANE Unit Dimensions and Weights Table 4 Approximate units operating weights Ibs kgl
74. is provided at the end of this manual Should equipment failure occur contact a qualified service organization with qualified experienced HVACtechnicians to properly diagnose and repair this equipment Revision History RT SVX 34G EN 3 J une 2014 Added features Low Leak Damper option eStage Ultra Low Leak Power Exhaust Touchscreen Human Interface e Updated Model Number Description Startup Sequence of Operation Diagnostics Unit Wiring Diagrams c UL us 60 Hz units with standard options are certified by Underwriters Laboratory RT SVX34H EN Ss TRANE Wamings Cautions and Notices TRANE Table of Contents Model Number Description 8 60 Hz Description o o oooooooooo 8 50 Hz Description o ooooooooo 10 General Information 12 Commonly Used Acronyms and Abbrevia TIONS ished tees ek feed la a Pee a 12 Aboutthe Unit 00 eee 12 Precautionary Measures 13 Unit Inspection 0 0 0 cee eae 13 SOAGE eine dex ee Hie BA ee A 13 Unit Dimensions and Weights 14 Recommended Clearances 14 Roof Curb and Ductwork 14 Horizontal Ductwork o 14 Unit Rigging and Placement 20 Installation General Requirements 23 Condensate Drain Connection 23 Condensate Overflow Switch 23 O A Sensor amp Tubing Installation 23 Units with Statitrac
75. lading including electrical data e Visually inspect the exterior of the unit including the roof for physical signs of shipping damage e Checkfor material shortages Figure 11 p 19illustrates where ship with items are placed inside the unit If the job site inspection reveals damage or material shortages file a claim with the carrier immediately Specify the type and extent of the damage on the bill of lading before signing Do not install a damaged unit without the Appropriate Trane sales representative s approval e Visually check the internal components for shipping damage as soon as possible after delivery and before it is stored Do not walk on the sheet metal base pans RT SVX34H EN Bridging between the unit s main supports may consist of multiple 2 by 12 boards or sheet metal grating e If concealed damage is discovered notify the carrier s terminal office immediately by phone and by mail Concealed damage must be reported within 15 days e Request an immediate joint inspection of the damage by the carrier and the consignee Do not remove the damaged material from the receiving location Take photos of the damage if possible The owner must provide reasonable evidence that the damage did not occur after delivery Storage Take precautions to prevent condensate formation inside the unit electrical components and motors when a The unit is stored before it is installed or b The unit is set on
76. minutes The actuator will then be set to respond to the 2 10 VDC control signal to cycle within the new range of rotation set by the limiter Verify that the control signal reversing switch is set back to its original default position Y 0 same direction as spring return See Figure 61 p 79 Figure 58 Actuator stroke limit adjustment Scale Shows of Full Stroke Angle of Rotation Limiter RT SVX34H EN Figure 59 Actuator for OA damper Downflow Actuator for Downflow OA Damper Control Reversing Switch Must Be Set to Match Spring Return Direction 79 Table 60 40 50 Ton downflow economizer O A ultra Table 58 275 35 Ton downflow economizer O A low leak economizer lad ultra low leak economizer os System Return Air Duct Static Return Air Damper System Return Air Duct Static Return Air Damper Design Static in WC Design Static in WC CFM 0 20 0 40 0 60 0 80 1 00 1 20 1 40 CFM 0 20 0 40 0 60 0 80 1 00 1 20 1 40 stroke limit setting on OA damper actuator stroke limit setting on OA damper actuator 13000 100 100 75 65 60 55 55 13500 100 100 75 65 60 60 55 14000 100 100 75 65 65 60 55 8000 75 55 55 55 55 55 55 8500 75 60 55 55 55 55 55 9500 100 65 55 55 55 55 55 10000 100 65 60 55 55 55 55 14500 100 100 75 75 65 60 60 15000 100 100 100 75 65 60 60 10500 100 65 60 60 55 55 55 11000 100 75 65 60 55 55 55 15500 100 100
77. nameplate Use only copper conductors to connect the 3 phase power supply to the unit Use Copper Conductors Only Unit terminals are not designed to accept other types of conductors Failure to use copper conductors could result in equipment damage Main Power Wiring AWARNING Proper Field Wiring and Grounding Required All field wiring MUST be performed by qualified personnel Impropery installed and grounded field wiring poses FIRE and ELECTROCUTION hazards To avoid these hazards you MUST follow requirements for field wiring installation and grounding as described in NEC and your local state electrical codes Failure to follow code could result in death or serious injury 1 Table 7 p 27 to Table 12 p 29 listthe electrical service sizing data The electrical service must be protected from over current and short circuit conditions in accordance with NEC requirements Protection devices must be sized according to the electrical data on the nameplate Refer to Electrical Wire Sizing and Protection Device Equations on page 29 for determining a The appropriate electrical service wire size based on Minimum Circuit Ampacity MCA b The Maximum Over current Protection MOP device c The Recommended Dual Elementfuse size RDE 2 Ifthe unitis not equipped with an optional factory installed Nonfused disconnect switch a field supplied disconnect switch must be installed ator near
78. normal Cooling operation available Cooling capacity will be staged or modulated in order to meetthe calculated discharge air setpoint between the user selected upper and lower limits If the current active cooling capacity is controlling the discharge air within the deadband no additional Cooling capacity change will be requested As the Discharge Air Temperature rises above the deadband the control will request additional capacity as required additional compressor operation or economizer As the Discharge Air Temperature falls below the deadband the algorithm will request a reduction in active capacity Economizer Cooling During normal Economizer Cooling the fan speed will operate atits minimum However ifthe economizer is able to meet the demand alone due to desirable ambient conditions the supply fan speed will be allowed to increase above the minimum prior to utilizing mechanical cooling Note that Economizer Enable Disable decisions will be made based on the previous sections however the economizer control point will now be variable based on the zone cooling demand Economizer Enabled at Cooling Start Once the unit has a request for economizer cooling and the unit has met all Cool mode transition requirements the Economizer will open beyond minimum position with the Supply Fan Speed at 45 in order to meet the calculated discharge air setpoint value If the economizer at 100 alone cannot meet the active discharge air setpoint
79. occurred 4 CCl or CC2 24 VAC control circuit has opened 3 times during a cooling mode Check CC1 CC2 coils or any controls in series with the coils winding thermostat HPC circuit breaker auxiliary contacts 5 LPC 1 or LPC 2 has opened during the 3 minute minimum on time during 4 consecutive compressor starts Check LPC 1 circuit by measuring voltage from RTRM J 1 8 to chassis ground Check LPC 2 circuit by measuring voltage from RTRM J 3 2 to chassis ground If 24 VAC is not present the circuit is open 24 VAC should be present at these terminals at all times 6 Discharge air sensor DTS input is open shorted or has failed SERVICE 1 The supply fan proving switch FFS has failed to close within 40 seconds after the fan starts or has closed during fan operation HEAT COOL 1 The Emergency Stop input LTB1 5 and LTB1 6 is open Check this input at the RTRM by measuring voltage from RTRM J 1 12 to chassis ground 24 VAC should be present whenever the Emergency Stop input is closed 2 Outdoor air sensor OAS inputis open shorted or has failed HEAT COOL SERVICE 1 Smoke Detector input active 2 Supply Air Temperature Failure on units with modulating dehumidification 3 Entering Evaporator Temperature Failure on units with modulating dehumidification 4 RTDM Communication Failure on units with modulating dehumidification Diagnostics VAV only If only one diagnostic is present refer t
80. pressure high efficiency 50 Hz TC TE YC 305 FULL LOAD 550 115 F Ambient 500 o 105 F Ambient L 450 g gt 5 95 F Ambient 2 400 g o MMIMA gt gt 85 F Ambient amp 350 A 75 E Ambient 5 300 Poo 55 F Ambient 250 a 55 F Ambient 200 r 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 Suction Pressure PSIG Figure 92 29 2 Ton operating pressure high efficiency 50 Hz TC TE YC 305 FULL LOAD 600 as 115 F Ambient gt 500 a RE SAN SE Se Pes seas JU oF 450 2 SS 95 F Ambient a 400 2 SS 85 F Ambient 350 g Po 75 F Ambient 2 300 655 F Ambient 250 mm 55 F Ambient 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 Suction Pressure PSIG RT SVX34H EN 95 Figure 93 33 3 Ton operating pressure high efficiency 50 Hz Discharge Pressure PSIG 550 500 450 400 350 300 250 200 TC TE YC 400 FULL LOAD e 115 F Ambient leis isS 105 F Ambient o a 95 F Ambient HA et 85 F Ambient sl 75 F Ambient SS as 65 F Ambient Sas Saas ee 55 F Ambient 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 Suction Pressure PSIG Figure 94 417 Ton operating pressure high efficiency 50 Hz Discharge Pressure PSIG 96 550 500 450 400 350 300 250 200 TC TE YC 500 FULL LOAD eS 115 F Ambient o 105 F Ambient sons 95 F Ambient o ada 85 F Ambient A ass 75 F Ambient See SS E aS E
81. pressures Never pressurize unit above the maximum recommended unit test pressure as specified in applicable unit literature Failure to properly regulate pressure could result in a violent explosion which could result in death or serious injury or equipment or property only damage e Open the main gas valve and apply power to the unit heating section then initiate a Heat test using the startup procedure described in Verifying Proper Heater Operation e Verify that the ignition system operates properly Note Typically itis not necessary to clean the gas furnace However if cleaning does become necessary remove the burner plate from the front of the heat exchanger to access the drum Be sure to replace the existing gaskets with new ones before reinstalling the burner RT SVX34H EN Coil Cleaning Regular coil maintenance including annual cleaning enhances the unit s operating efficiency by minimizing Compressor head pressure and amperage draw e Water carryover Fan brake horsepower and e Static pressure losses Atleast once each year or more often if the unitis located in a dirty environment clean the evaporator microchannel condenser and reheat coils using the instructions outlined below Be sure to follow these instructions as closely as possible to avoid damaging the coils To clean refrigerant coils use a soft brush and a sprayer Important DO NOT use any detergents with
82. refrigerant No liability whatever shall attach to the Company until said products have been paid for and then said liability shall be limited to the purchase price of the equipment shown to be defective The Company makes certain further warranty protection available on an optional extra cost basis Any further warranty must be in writing signed by an officer of the Company The warranty and liability set forth herein are in lieu of all other warranties and liabilities whether in contract or in negligence express or implied in law or in fact including implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for particular use In no event shall the Company be liable for any incidental or consequential damages TRANE THE WARRANTY AND LIABILITY SET FORTH HEREIN ARE IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES AND LIABILITIES WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR IN NEGLIGENCE EXPRESS OR IMPLIED IN LAW OR IN FACT INCLUDING IM PLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR USE IN NO EVENT SHALL WARRANTOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES Manager Product Service Trane Clarksville Tn 37040 1008 PW 215 2688 A 10 year limited warranty is provided on optional Full Modulation Gas Heat Exchanger Optional Extended Warranties are available for compressors and heat exchangers of Combination Gas Electric Air Conditioning Units A 5 year limited warranty is provided for optional Ultra Low Leak airfoil blade econo
83. setpoint deadbands If a power exhaust option is installed 1 The power exhaust fan s comes on based on the position of the of the exhaust fan setpoint potentiometer on the RTOM ReliaTel Options Module The setpoint is factory set at 25 The exhaust fan s will come on anytime the economizer damper position is equal to or greater than the exhaust fan setpoint 2 The exhaust dampers have provisions to limit the amount of exhaust airflow by limiting the maximum opening of the damper blades Barometric dampers have physical damper blade stops These stops sliding brackets secured with wing nuts are present under the rain hood on the non modulating power exhaust option There is one stop on each side of each damper The practical range of blade position control is between 15 and 4 0 blade opening The damper is wide open at 4 0 The stops on each side of a damper must be in the same position such that the damper blade connecting member contacts the stops at the same time 3 The modulating power exhaust actuator is a slave to the position of the economizer damper actuator such that the power exhaust dampers proportionally follow ortrackthe fresh air damper position The proportional 101 Ss TRANE Sequence of Operation offset between the dampers is adjustable With barometric dampers the offset between the dampers is adjusted under the rain hood by hole position selection of the power exhaust actuator jack shaft on the dam
84. standard efficiency with service valves amp TE YC TC 480 with reheat valve with service valves 0 25 0 25 Figure 67 Line weight locations TE YC TC 500 amp 600 standard efficiency w o service valves 0 75 0 25 1 0 75 0 25 ac a Figure 68 Line weight locations TE YC TC 500 amp 600 standard efficiency with service valves 0 75 0 25 0 25 0 25 Figure 69 Line weight location TE YC TC 600 standard efficiency reheat with service valves 0 25 0 25 83 Figure 70 Line weight location TE YC TC 275 305 350 400 amp 500 high efficiency 0 25 0 25 AN Top View R if 1 A EA AR j DS Ae A f 1 Y i pad r A A EN E a 1 Y p zF e A Compressor Oil Once all ofthe compressors have been started verify that the oil level is visible through the sight glass or above the sight glass Use appropriate lighting flash light to verify the presence of oil A tandem manifold set may have different oil heights but still must be visible in the sight glass or above the sight glass After shutting the compressors off check the oil s appearance Discoloration of the oil indicates that an abnormal condition has occurred If the oil is dark overheating may have occurred Potential causes of overheating compressor is operating at extremely high condensing temperatures high superheat a compressor mechanical failure or occurrence of a motor burnout If the oil is black and contai
85. static pressure drops in W G 60 Hz Heating System Filters Standard High MERV Efficiency Efficiency Throw MERV 8 14High Hot CFM Gas Heat Electric Heat3 1D Coil ID Coil away High Eff Eff Gas Nominal Std 1 2 Reheat Tons Air Low High Element Elements Dry Wet Dry Wet 2 2 4 4 Economizer Coil 8000 0 08 0 06 0 05 0 06 0 12 0 19 0 16 0 25 0 08 0 12 0 11 0 33 0 04 0 08 9000 0 1 0 08 0 07 0 07 0 14 0 22 0 19 0 29 0 09 0 14 0 13 0 39 0 04 0 10 21 10000 0 13 0 1 0 08 0 09 0 17 0 26 0 23 0 34 0 1 0 16 0 15 0 45 0 05 0 12 11000 0 15 0 12 0 1 0 11 0 20 0 30 0 27 0 39 0 12 0 2 0 17 0 52 0 06 0 14 12000 0 18 0 14 0 12 0 13 0 23 0 34 0 31 0 45 0 13 0 21 0 2 0 59 0 07 0 17 9000 0 1 0 08 0 07 0 07 0 14 0 22 0 19 0 29 0 09 0 14 0 13 0 39 0 04 0 10 10000 0 13 0 1 0 08 0 09 0 17 0 26 0 23 0 34 0 1 0 16 0 15 0 45 0 05 0 12 30 11000 0 15 0 12 0 1 0 11 0 20 0 30 0 27 0 39 0 12 0 2 0 17 0 52 0 06 0 14 12000 0 18 0 14 0 12 0 13 0 23 0 34 0 31 0 45 0 14 0 23 0 21 0 59 0 07 0 17 13000 0 21 0 16 0 14 0 15 0 27 0 38 0 35 0 50 0 15 0 26 0 23 0 66 0 09 0 20 10500 0 14 0 11 0 09 0 1 0 25 0 37 0 25 0 37 0 11 0 18 0 16 0 48 0 06 0 13 11500 0 17 0 13 0 11 0 12 0 29 0 42 0 29 0 42 0 13 0 21 0 19 0 55 0 07 0 16 35 12500 0 2 0 15 0 13 0 14 0 33 0 48 0 33 0 48 0 14 0 24 0 21 0 62 0 08 0 18 13500 0 23 0 18 0 15 0 16 0 38 0 53 0 38 0 53
86. tension at least twice during the first 2 to 3 days of operation Readjust the belt tension as necessary to correct for any stretching that may have occurred Until the new belts are run in the belt tension will decrease rapidly as they stretch Figure 97 Belt deflection Deflection Belt Span 64 Belt Span _ 109 Ss TRANE Maintenance Table 63 Deflection force Deflection Force Lbs 358 Belts Steel Cable Gripnotch Cross Small P D Super Gripbelts Gripnotch Gripbelts 358 Gripbelts Belts Section Range Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max 3 0 3 6 3 4 1 2 37 8 51 2 31 4 4 A 3 8 4 8 3 1 2 5 41 2 61 4 3 3 4 4 3 4 5 0 7 0 4 5 1 2 5 6 7 8 4 1 4 5 1 4 3 4 4 2 4 5 1 2 5 3 4 8 4 1 2 5 1 2 B 4 4 5 6 5 1 8 7 1 8 61 2 91 8 5 3 4 7 1 4 5 8 8 8 6 3 8 83 4 73 8 101 8 7 8 3 4 4 4 8 7 10 15 5V 7 1 10 9 10 1 2 15 3 4 12 7 8 18 3 4 11 8 16 0 13 19 1 2 15 22 Table 64 Supply fan sheave and belt Fan Sheave a b c Fan Bushing Motor Sheave d Motor Bushing e Tons Motor RPM Browning ssT Browning ssT Browning ssT Browning ssT Belt BX108 550 BK190 X 1 7 16 BK190 1 7 16 BK62H BK62H H1 3 8 H 1 3 8 PXTO8 27 5 600 BK160 X 1 7 16 BK160 1 7 16 BK57H BK57H H1 3 8 H 1 3 8 BX100 amp 30 Notched 7 5 hp BX103 650
87. the amount of imbalance as follows Voltage Imbalance where AV Average Voltage Volt1 Volt2 Volt3 3 Volt 1 Volt 2 Volt 3 Line Voltage Readings VD Line Voltage reading that deviates the farthest from the average voltage Example If the voltage readings of the supply power measured 221 230 and 227 the average volts would be 221 ee 227_ 226Avg VD reading farthest from average 221 The percentage of Imbalance equals 226 221 gt 36 100 2 2percent The 2 2 imbalance in this example exceeds the maximum allowable imbalance of 2 0 This much imbalance between phases can equal as much as a 20 current imbalance with a resulting increase in motor winding temperatures that will decrease motor life Ifthevoltageimbalance atthe job site is over 2 notify the proper agencies to correct the voltage problem to within 2 0 before operating this equipment Starting the Unit Before closing the main power disconnect switch insure that the System selection switch is in the Off position and the Fan selection switch for Constant Volume or SZ VAV units is in the Auto position Close the main power disconnect switch and the unit mounted disconnect switch if applicable RT SVX34H EN AWARNING Live Electrical Components During installation testing servicing and troubleshooting of this product it may be necessary to work with live electrical components Have a qualified
88. the different components of the unit one at a time when a jumper is installed across the test terminals The unit will start the first test step and change to the next step every 30 seconds At the end of the test mode control of the unit will automatically revert to the applied System control method For Constant Volume or Variable Air Volume test steps test modes and step resistance values to cycle the various components refer to Table 38 p 65 Table 43 p 67 Service Test Switch Location A toggle service switch has been offered as a standard option to provide hassle free startup option for the service person in the field This toggle switch is located in the low voltage section of the control box Table 37 Service test switch 64 Control Box Condenser section f Tsen i Toggle Switch RT SVX34H EN Startup Table 38 Test mode states for traditional VAV units with modulating dehumidification and staged heat TEST COMP COMP COMP HEAT HEAT COOL REHEAT VAV STEP MODE FAN VFD COMMAND1 ECON 1 2 3 1 2 PUMPOUT3 VALVE VALVE BOX 1 VFD SIGNAL 100 OFF 100 10VDC CLOSED OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 100 0 ON 2 VFD SIGNAL 0 OFF 0 0 VDC CLOSED OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 100 0 ON 3 MIN VENT ON IN CONTROL MIN OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 100 0 ON 4 ECON TEST OPEN ON IN CONTROL OPEN OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 100 0 ON 5 COOL 1 ON
89. the handle from the disconnect switch allowing the control panel door to be opened AWARNING Hazardous Voltage Disconnect all electric power including remote disconnects before servicing Follow proper lockout tagout procedures to ensure the power can not be inadvertently energized Failure to disconnect power before servicing could result in death or serious injury Once the door has been opened it can be closed with the handle in any one of the three positions outlined above provided it matches the disconnect switch position The handle can be locked in the OFF position While holding the handle in the OFF position push the spring loaded thumb key attached to the handle into the base slot Place the lock shackle between the handle and the thumb key This will prevent it from springing out of position Figure 18 Disconnect switch met Slot OFF Disconnect Switch External Handle RT SVX34H EN S TRANE An overall layout of the field required power wiring is illustrated in Figure 19 p 26 To insure thatthe unitsupply power wiring is properly sized and installed follow the guidelines outlined below Note All field installed wiring must conform to NEC guidelines as well as State and Local codes Verify that the power supply available is compatible with the unit s name plate ratings for all components The available power supply must be within 10 of the rated voltage stamped on the
90. the roof curb and temporary auxiliary heat is provided in the building Isolate all side panel service entrances and base pan openings e g conduit holes S A and R A openings and flue openings to minimize ambient air from entering the unit until it is ready for startup Do not use the unit heater as temporary heat without completing the startup procedures detailed under Startup p 40 Trane will not assume responsibility for equipment damage resulting from accumulation of condensate on the unit electrical components 13 TRANE Unit Dimensions and Weights Recommended Clearances Adequate clearance around and above each Voyager Commercial unit is required to ensure proper operation and to allow sufficient access for servicing If the unit installation is higher than the typical curb elevation a field constructed catwalk around the unit is recommended to provide safe easy access for maintenance and servicing Table 1 p 20 lists the recommended clearances for single and multiple unit installation These clearances are necessary to assure adequate serviceability cataloged capacities and peak operating efficiency If the clearances available on the job site appear to be inadequate review them with your Trane sales representative Roof Curb and Ductwork The curbs for the 27 5 to 50 Ton commercial rooftop units enclose the entire unit base area They are referred to as full perimeter type curbs Step
91. the unit in accordance with the National Electrical Code NEC latest edition Refer to DSS calculations Electrical Wire Sizing and Protection Device Equations on page 29 for determining correct size 25 Ss TRANE Installation Electrical Location for the electrical service entrance is shown in the unit dimensional drawings beginning with Figure 1 p 14 Complete the unit s power wiring connections onto either the main terminal block HTB1 or the factory mounted nonfused disconnect switch inside the unit control panel Note When the factory installed through the base option is not used the installing contractor is required to seal any holes made in the base of the unitto preventwater from leaking into the building 3 Provide proper grounding for the unit in accordance with local and national codes Figure 19 Typical field power wiring Through the Base Electrical Optional Accessory Liquid tight conduit couplings are secured to the base of the unit for both power and control wiring Liquid tight conduit must be field installed between the couplings and the unit control box to prevent water leaks into the building Note If the unit is set on the roof curb and temporary auxiliary heat is provided in the building it is recommended thatthe electrical and control wiring conduit opening in the control box be temporarily sealed to provide a vapor barrier Field Supplied Disconnect Switch Req d when unit mo
92. this product it may be necessary to work with live electrical components Have a qualified licensed electrician or other individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these tasks Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical components could result in death or serious injury HIGH VOLTAGE IS PRESENT AT TERMINAL BLOCK HTB1 OR UNIT DISCONNECT SWITCH 3 Remove the mist eliminator retainer bracket and the mist eliminators from the fresh air hood 4 Remove the five 5 screws in the top and bottom of each fresh air damper located inside the hood area 5 Using the Service Test guide in Table 38 p 65 Table 43 p 67 momentarily jump across the test Table 62 Damper adjustment 10 terminals one time for constant volume applications or three consecutive times for a variable air volume application to start the Minimum Ventilation Test With the supply fan On and rotating in the proper direction measure the return duct static pressure Using Table 62 p 81 enter the desired amount of fresh air and the return air static pressure reading to obtain the proper damper opening dimension Loosen the adjustment screws on each side of the damper and slide it downward to the required opening Tighten the adjustment screws and re install the mist eliminators and the mist eliminator retainer bracket Open the main power disconnect or the un
93. to operate If the RTRM loses setpoint inputs from the RTAM dueto remote setpoint input failure RT SVX34H EN Ss TRANE Diagnostics the RTRM will use default setpoint inputs as defined in the default chart for VAV units Table 73 Variable air volume default operation Component or Function Default Operation Supply Air Cooling Setpoint Failure 55 F Supply Air Reset Setpoint Failure Disable Reset Supply Air Reset Amount Disable Reset Supply Air Static Setpoint Failure 0 5 IWC Supply Air Static Deadband Failure 0 5 IWC Morning Warm Up Disable MWU and DWU Unit Mode Off Unit Mode Auto Economizer Actuator ECA RTEM Test Procedures Economizer Fault Detection and Diagnostics Fault Detection of the Outdoor Air Damper will be evaluated based on the commanded position of the damper actuator compared to the feedback position from the damper actuator The damper is commanded to a position based on a 2 10 VDC signal Ifthe damper position is outside of 10 of the commanded position a diagnostic is generated Setpoint Failure Mode Failure Open Mode Failure Shorted Note Only one diagnostic will be active at any given time Unit Not Economizing When it Should Be The unit is operating in cooling mode economizing is enabled and or mechanical cooling is enabled If the commanded economizer position is greater than the current economizer feedback position 10 fo
94. train shutoff valves to isolate the unit while conducting gas pressure leak test These valves are not designed to withstand pressures in excess of 14 w c or 0 5 psig Connecting the Gas Supply Line to the Fumace Gas Train Follow the steps below to complete the installation between the supply gas line and the furnace Refer to Figure 34 p 39 for the Gas Train configuration L Connect the supply gas piping using a ground joint type union to the furnace gas train and check for leaks 2 Provide adequate support for the field installed gas piping to avoid stressing the gas train and controls 3 Adjust the inlet supply gas pressure to the recommended 6 for natural gas or 11 w c for LP gas Table 17 Specific gravity multiplier Specific Gravity Multiplier 0 5 1 1 0 55 1 04 0 6 1 0 65 0 96 RT SVX34H EN Ss TRANE Installation Piping Table 18 Sizing natural gas pipe mains and branches Gas Input Cubic Feet Hour Gas Supply Pipe Run ft 1 1 4 Pipe 1 1 2 Pipe 2 Pipe 2 1 2 Pipe 3 Pipe 4 Pipe 10 1050 1600 3050 4800 8500 17500 20 730 1100 2100 3300 5900 12000 30 590 890 1650 2700 4700 9700 40 500 760 1450 2300 4100 8300 50 440 670 1270 2000 3600 7400 60 400 610 1150 1850 3250 6800 70 370 560 1050 1700 3000 6200 80 350 530 990 1600 2800 5800 90 320 490 930 1500 2600 5400 100 305 460 870 1400 2500 5100 125 275
95. two to three seconds will be required When starting the unit for the first time or servicing the heaters it is a good practice to start the heater with the main gas supply turned Off All heating units have either two stage or modulating heat capabilities The High heat models contain two heat exchangers In staged units the heat exchangers operate simultaneously at either the low or high fire state In modulating units the modulating furnace fires first and adjusts to the needed capacity If more heat is required 97 than the modulating can provide the second bankis fired at full fire and the modulating bank again adjusts to the heating load present Check both ignition systems if applicable when going through the test procedures Once the ignition system and ignitors have been checked open the main power disconnect switch to resetthe RTRM AWARNING Hazardous Gases and Flammable Vapors Exposure to hazardous gases from fuel substances have been shown to cause cancer birth defects or other reproductive ham Improper installation adjustment alteration service or use of this product could cause flammable mixtures and result in a fire To avoid hazardous gases and flammable vapors follow proper installation and set up of this product and all wamings as provided in this manual Failure to follow all instructions could result in death or serious injury Turn the main gas supply to the unit On
96. w c to 2 1 w c Figure 44 Output vs input Transducer Voltage Output vs Pressure Input 4 5 4 0 3 5 3 0 2 5 2 0 1 5 1 0 0 5 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 5 1 0 1 5 2 0 2 5 3 0 3 5 4 0 4 5 5 0 5 5 Pressure inches w c Volts Supply Air Temperature Reset The supply air temperature can be reset by using one of four DIP switch configurations on the RTAM orthrough ICS when a valid supply air reset setpoint with a supply air reset amountis given A selectable reset amount of 0 F to 20 F viaRTAM potentiometer or ICS is permissible foreach type of reset The amount of change applied to the supply air temperature setpoint depends on how far the return air zone or outdoor air temperature falls below the reset temperature setpoint If the return air zone or outdoor air temperature is equal to or greater than the reset temperature setpoint the amount of change is zero If the return air or zone temperature falls 3 F below the reset temperature setpoint the amount of reset applied to the supply air temperature will equal the maximum amount of reset selected If the outdoor air temperature falls 20 F below the reset temperature setpoint the amount of reset applied to the supply air temperature will equal the maximum amount of reset selected The four DIP switch configurations are as follows L None When RTAM DIP Switch 8 and are in the Off position no reset will be allowed 2 Res
97. 0 x x x 208 x 40 240 x and 50 480 x xX xX x 600 x x x x 5 The service digit for each model number contains 32 digits all 32 digits must be referenced 6 Ventilation override exhaust mode is not available for the exhaust fan with fresh air tracking power exhaust VOM is available for the exhaust fan without fresh air tracking power exhaust 7 High fault is 65kA on 208 230 460V and 25kA on 575V Ss TRANE Model Number Description c D 2 7 5 B Cc L A 0 A 1 1 2 3 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 7 100 Fresh Air Tracking Power 5 Option G with Traq 50 Hz Description Exhaust Fan w Ultra Low Leak 6 Option H with Traq 7 Digits 1 2 Unit Function TC DX Cooling No Heat TE DX Cooling Electric Heat YC DX Cooling Natural Gas Heat Digit 3 Unit Airflow Design D Downflow Supply and Return H Horizontal Supply and Return F Horizontal Supply and Upflow Return R Downflow Supply and Horizontal Return Digits 4 5 6 Nominal Cooling Capacity 275 22 9Tons 82 kW 305 25 4 Tons 89 kW 350 29 2 Tons 105 kW 400 33 3 Tons 120 kW 500 417 Tons 148 kW Digit 7 Major Development Sequence B R 410A Refrigerant Digit 8 Power Supply C 380 50 3 D 415 50 3 Digit 9 Heating Capacity O No Heat TC only L Low Heat YC only H High Heat YC only Note When second digit is E for Electric Heat the following values apply in the ninth d
98. 000 100 100 80 60 50 45 45 13500 100 100 70 50 45 45 40 14000 100 100 70 60 50 45 40 15500 100 100 80 60 50 50 45 16000 100 100 100 70 60 50 45 16500 100 100 100 70 60 50 45 14500 100 100 80 60 50 45 45 Table 60 40 50Ton downflow economizer O A ultra low leak economizer 17000 100 100 100 80 60 50 50 17500 100 100 100 80 60 50 50 System Return Air Duct Static Return Air Damper Design Static in WC 18000 100 100 100 80 70 60 50 CFM 0 20 0 40 0 60 0 80 1 00 1 20 1 40 18500 100 100 100 100 70 60 50 stroke limit setting on OA damper actuator 19000 100 100 100 100 80 60 50 12000 100 100 65 60 55 55 55 19500 100 100 100 100 80 70 50 12500 100 100 65 60 60 55 55 20000 100 100 100 100 80 70 60 80 RT SVX34H EN Manual Outside Air Damper Units ordered with the 25 manual outside air option have two slidable dampers By adjusting one or both the desired amount of fresh air entering the system can be obtained To adjust the outside air damper 1 Turn the System selection switch to the Off position and the Fan selection switch if applicable to the Auto position 2 Close the disconnect switch or circuit protector switch that provides the supply power to the unit s power terminal block or the unit factory mounted disconnect switch AWARNING Live Electrical Components During installation testing servicing and troubleshooting of
99. 0T and 50T 90KW 108KW Electric Heat 136 RT SVX34H EN Ss TRANE Unit Wiring Diagram Numbers Table 79 Wiring diagrams TC TE units high efficiency 1213 0204 All Units without Statitrac Control Modules 208 575 1213 0206 All Units with Statitrac 1213 0210 27 5 35T 40T and 50T Cooling Only 208 230 1213 0230 27 5 35T 36KW 54KW Electric Heat 1213 0239 40T and 50T 54KW Electric Heat Control Box 1213 0211 27 5 35T 40T and 50T Cooling Only Single Zone Variable Air Connection Print 1213 0231 27 5 35T 36KW 54KW Electric Heat Volume 380 575 1213 0232 27 5 35T 72KW 90KW Electric Heat 1213 0240 40T and 50T 54KW Electric Heat 1213 0241 40T and 50T 72KW 108KW Electric Heat 1213 0316 Raceway Devices 1213 0317 208 575 27 5 35T 36KW 54KW Electric Heat Cooling Only 72KW 90KW Electric Heat Connection Print 1213 0320 40T and 50T 54KW 72KW Electric Heat Cooling Only 1213 0321 40T and 50T 90KW 108KW Electric Heat Table 80 Wiring diagrams YC units high efficiency Diagram Type of Airflow Schematic Type Voltage Number Description Power 208 575 1213 0200 All Units High Efficiency 1213 0329 Low Heat Gas Units Constant Volume 1213 0330 High Heat Gas Units Variable Air Volume Heat POWEL ang 208 575 E
100. 100 75 65 60 60 16000 100 100 100 75 65 65 60 11500 100 75 65 60 55 55 55 16500 100 100 100 75 75 65 60 17000 100 100 100 75 75 65 65 17500 100 100 100 100 75 65 65 12000 100 100 65 60 55 55 55 12500 100 100 65 60 60 55 55 13000 100 100 75 75 65 60 55 18000 100 100 100 100 75 65 65 18500 100 100 100 100 75 75 65 Table 59 27 5 35 Ton horizontal economizer O A ultra low leak economizer 19000 100 100 100 100 75 75 65 19500 100 100 100 100 75 75 75 System Return Air Duct Static Return Air Damper Design Static in WC 20000 100 100 100 100 100 75 75 CFM 0 20 0 40 0 60 0 80 1 00 1 20 1 40 stroke limit setting on OA damper actuator Table 6L 40 50 Ton horizontal economizer O A ultra 8000 100 45 40 40 40 40 40 low leak economizer 8500 100 45 40 40 40 40 40 System Return Air Duct Static Return Air Damper Design Static in WC CFM 0 20 0 40 0 60 0 80 1 00 1 20 1 40 9000 100 50 40 40 40 40 40 9500 100 50 45 40 40 40 40 10000 100 60 50 40 40 40 40 stroke limit setting on OA damper actuator 12000 100 80 50 45 40 40 40 12500 100 80 60 50 45 40 40 11000 100 60 50 45 40 40 40 11500 100 80 50 45 40 40 40 13000 100 100 60 50 45 40 40 13500 100 100 60 50 45 40 40 14000 100 100 70 50 45 45 40 12000 100 100 60 45 40 40 40 12500 100 100 60 50 45 40 40 13000 100 100 60 50 45 40 40 14500 100 100 70 60 50 45 45 15
101. 17 26 24 45 10 3930 26 20 17 19 30 48 19 31 29 50 12 ida 4320 31 24 21 23 36 55 22 36 34 57 15 5120 44 34 29 32 41 62 26 43 41 67 17 4130 29 22 19 21 44 68 22 36 31 55 13 103 29 4520 34 27 23 25 51 78 24 41 38 62 16 4920 41 32 27 29 66 97 29 50 46 77 19 5310 47 37 32 34 75 109 31 53 50 86 23 4720 2 18 27 43 67 26 43 38 65 17 5120 3 8 21 32 49 75 29 50 43 69 19 118 33 5510 3 10 24 37 56 84 31 55 48 77 21 5900 4 11 27 42 62 92 34 62 55 84 24 6290 4 12 31 48 69 101 36 67 60 88 27 6680 5 14 35 54 77 111 41 77 67 98 30 5900 4 11 27 42 78 115 34 62 55 84 24 6290 4 12 31 48 86 126 36 67 60 88 27 146 42 6680 5 14 35 54 96 139 41 82 72 100 30 7070 5 16 39 60 115 162 46 91 82 112 34 7470 6 18 44 67 126 176 48 98 86 124 39 Note Static pressure drops of accessory components must be added to external static pressure to enter fan per 74 ormance tables RT SVX34H EN Table 49 Supply air fan drive selections 50 Hz 7 5 hp 5 6 10 hp 7 5 15 hp 10 20 hp 15 Nominal kW kW kW kW Tons Drive Drive Drive Drive kW rpm No rpm No rpm No rpm No 458 A 500 B 23 80 541 Cc 583 583 D 625 625l E 458 A 500 B 25 88 541 C 583 583 D 625 625 500 B 541 541 C 29 103 583 583 658 6580 F 664 664 G 417 417 H 437 437 J 33 118 479 479 K 521
102. 17 Ton dual circuit operating pressures standard efficiency 50 Hz TC TE YC 500 Circuit 1 Full Load 4200 a a a T O a o N o gt 3 A D e Be 3 EN z Sl BI 3700 4 Pe g xi S 46 1 F OD Ambient T a 40 6 F OD Ambient X 3200 4 g 53 2 35 0 F OD Ambient a o 2700 4 S 29 4 F OD Ambient E o 2 a 23 9F OD Ambient 2200 18 3 F OD Ambient 1700 1 12 8 FOD Ambient 1200 r r 1 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 Suction Pressure KPa RT SVX34H EN 93 Figure 89 417 Ton dual circuit operating pressures standard efficiency 50 Hz TC TE YC 500 Circuit 2 Full Load 4200 4 i E AE A o a a Pe o S o o Q lt Ni o Bi g A 51 nm 2 i 3700 z z gi g F wl 1 Si A 46 1 F OD Ambient X 3200 4 40 6 F OD Ambient g a Q 35 0 F OD Ambient 2700 4 29 4 F OD Ambient amp o 2 a 23 9 F OD Ambient 2200 4 18 3 F OD Ambient 1700 4 EA 12 8 F OD Ambient B 1200 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 Suction Pressure KPa Figure 90 22 9 Ton operating pressure high efficiency 50 Hz TC TE YC 275 FULL LOAD 550 115 F Ambient 500 z 105 F Ambient a 450 g 5 95 F Ambient 400 o 85 F Ambient o 350 z 5 75 F Ambient a 5 300 55 F Ambient 250 ii 6 F Ambient 200 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 Suction Pressure PSIG 94 RT SVX34H EN Startup Figure 9L 25 4 Ton operating
103. 35 ton Voyager Commercial units there is only one circuit During dehumidification mode the CLV and RHP will modulate which will allow refrigerantto flow through both the condenser coil and the reheat coil The RHP will be de energized when in dehumidification mode During dehumidification mode the Supply Air Temperature is controlled to the Supply Air Reheat Setpoint by controlling the reheat and cooling modulating valve position The range for the Supply Air Reheat Setpoint is 65 F to 80 F and the default is 70 F The Supply Air Reheat Setpoint is adjusted by using a potentiometer on the RTOM During cooling operation the cooling valve CLV will be open 100 and the reheat valve RHV will be closed which will allow refrigerant to flow through the condenser coil and not the reheat coil During cooling mode the reheat pump out solenoid RHP will also be energized to allow refrigerant to be removed from the reheat coil During cooling or dehumidification mode to ensure proper oil distribution throughout the reheat and cooling condenser circuits a purge is initiated by a hard coded purge interval timer After the purge interval timer reaches 60 minutes the unit performs a purge for a fixed 3 minute time period During this state the reheat and cooling valve will be driven 50 and the reheat pump out solenoid is energized RT SVX34H EN S TRANE Sequence of Operation See Dehumidification Low Pressure Control section for
104. 4 capacitor has failed 2 Check ODM capacitor replace if necessary 3 Wiring terminal or CC2 contactor G ODM 3 and or 4 will not failure 3 Check wires terminals and CC2 Repair or replace if necessary cycle 4 ODM3 and or 4 has failed 4 Check ODM replace if necessary 5 RTRM is defective 5 Replace RTRM module 6 Check for proper voltage and contact closure ODF20 relay has a 24 VAC holding coil If voltage is present replace relay 1 No power to CC2 and or 3 coil Cool 1 Check wiring terminals and applicable controls CCB2 CCB3 HPC2 6 ODF20 has failed Failure Possible LPC2 WTL2 WTL3 TDL2 amp TDL3 2 CC2 and or 3 coil defective Cool 2 Verify integrity of CC2 and or 3 coil windings If open or shorted Failure Indicated replace CC2 and or CC3 H CPR2 and 3 if applicable 3 CC2 and or 3 contacts defective 3 If 24 VAC is present at CC2 and or 3 coil replace relay will not operate 4 24 VAC is not present at CC2 and or 3 coil Reset the Cool Failure by cycling the service disconnect Place the unit into Cool Stage 2 Mode step 4 RTRM is defective 4 for constant Volume or step 6 for variable air volume to insure CPR2 and 3 Compressor operation Check input devices in 1 amp 2 above if no controls have opened and CC2 and or 3 will not close replace RTRM 4 Check for leaks Open wire connections Lose quick connect terminals 5 DET 2 and DLT3 has tripped TDL2 an
105. 410 780 1250 2200 4500 150 250 380 710 1130 2000 4100 175 225 350 650 1050 1850 3800 200 210 320 610 980 1700 3500 Notes 1 If more than one unit is served by length when determining the appropriate gas pipe size 2 Obtain the Specific Gravity and BTU Cu Ft from the gas company 3 The following example demonstrates the considerations necessary when determining the actual pipe size he same main gas supply consider the total gas input cubic feet hr and the total Example A 40 pipe run is needed to connect a unit with a 500 MBH furnace to a natural gas supply having a rating of 1 000 BTU Cu Ft and a specific gravity of 0 60 Cu Ft Hour Furnace MBH Input Gas BTU Cu Ft X Multiplier Table 17 p 38 Cu Ft Hour 500 Table 18 indicates that a 1 1 4 pipe is required Table is based on a specific gravity of 0 60 Use Table 17 p 38 or the specific gravity of the local gas supply Figure 34 Gas train configuration for low heat units high heat units utilize two gas trains GAS OUTLET PRESSURE TAP GAS INLET PRESSURE TAP RT SVX34H EN AIR ORIFICE PLATE W GASKET 39 Unit Control Modules RTRM ReliaTel Refrigeration Module The RTRM is the main information receiving module It interprets the information received from all other unit modules sensors re
106. 49 EN RT SVX34H EN System Operation Economizer Operation with a Conventional Thermostat CV Only If the ambient conditions are suitable for economizer operation the economizer is activated as the 1st step of cooling from Y1 The dampers are controlled to provide a supply air temperature of 50 F H 5 F If the economizer is disabled due to ambient conditions the 1st stage of mechanical cooling is activated While economizing if an additional stage of cooling is activated from Y2 the 1st stage of mechanical cooling is activated If the economizer is disabled due to ambient conditions the 2nd stage of mechanical cooling is activated The supply fan is activated from the G terminal and will cycle with a call for heat or cooling if in the Auto mode Itwill run continuously in the On mode regardless of any other system demand On gas heat units first and second stages are activated by the Wl and W2terminals on the CTI On electric heat units only two stages of heat are available If the W2 terminal is activated without activating the W1 terminal the RTRM will bring on both stages of electric heat The Conventional Thermostat connections can also be utilized as a generic building automation system interface for constant volume ICS applications Due to the limited heating and cooling steps when using a conventional thermostat compressor staging will vary on units with three compressors Note If a convention
107. 521 L 562 562 M 604 604 N 437 437 J 479 479 K 42 146 521 521 L 562 562 M 604 604 N a For YC gas electric only b For TC and TE Cooling only and with electric Heat units only Exhaust Fan Operation To start the optional power exhaust fans use the economizer test procedures in Table 38 p 65 Table 43 p 67 to drive the economizer dampers to the open position The exhaust fans will start when the damper position is equal to or greater than the exhaust fan setpoint If optional power exhaust is selected an access door must be field installed on the horizontal return ductwork to provide access to exhaust fan motors The exhaust fan will start anytime the economizer damper position is equal to or greater than the exhaust fan setpoint RT SVX34H EN AWARNING Rotating Components The following procedure involves working with live and exposed rotating components Have a qualified or licensed service individual who has been properly trained in handling exposed rotating components perform these tasks Failure to follow all safety precautions could result in rotating components cutting and slashing technician which could result in death or serious injury Verify that the fans are operating properly and the CFM is within the job specifications Refer to power exhaust fan performance tables beginning with Table 50 p 76 for the exhaust fan per
108. 54KW Electric Heat Control Box 1213 0209 27 5 35T 40T and 50T Cooling Only Connection Print 1213 0228 27 5 35T 36KW 54KW Electric Heat Constant Volume 380 575 1213 0229 27 5 35T 72KW 90KW Electric Heat 1213 0237 40T and 50T 54KW Electric Heat 1213 0238 40T and 50T 72KW 108KW Electric Heat 1213 0292 27 5 35T 36KW 54KW Electric Heat Cooling Only Raceway Devices 1213 0293 208 575 27 5 35T 72KW 90KW Electric Heat Connection Print 1213 0296 40T and 50T 54KW 72KW Electric Heat Cooling Only 1213 0297 40T and 50T 90KW 108KW Electric Heat 1213 0204 1213 0206 Control Modules 208 575 All Units without Statitrac All Units with Statitrac 1213 0212 27 5 35T 40T and 50T Cooling Only 208 230 1213 0233 27 5 35T 36KW 54KW Electric Heat 1213 0242 40T and 50T 54KW Electric Heat Control Box 1213 0213 27 5 35T 40T and 50T Cooling Only Connection Print 1213 0234 Variable Air Volume 27 5 35T 36KW 54KW Electric Heat 380 575 1213 0235 27 5 35T 72KW 90KW Electric Heat 1213 0243 40T and 50T 54KW Electric Heat 1213 0244 40T and 50T 72KW 108KW Electric Heat 1213 0298 27 5 35T 36KW 54KW Electric Heat Cooling Only Raceway Devices 1213 0299 208 575 72KW 90KW Electric Heat Connection Print 1213 0302 40T and 50T 54KW 72KW Electric Heat Cooling Only 1213 0303 4
109. 633 1 20 27 3 175 2 13 19 0 136 15 0 15 1 A asa aa l 2 t5 02 2 10 0 29 5 2 13 50 5 315 1 10 40 9 267 208 60 3 187 229 1 15 56 0 351 2 15 56 0 345 15 0 40 7 4 1 1 7 0 1 2 1 5 5 4 20 0 56 1 10 0 25 2 2 13 50 5 315 1 10 40 9 267 230 60 3 207 253 1 15 56 0 351 2 15 56 0 345 15 0 354 4 1 1 7 0 al 2 1 5 5 4 TC TE 20 0 49 4 YC 600 10 0 12 6 2 13 23 0 158 1 10 18 6 142 k 460 60 3 414 506 1 15 27 5 197 2 15 27 5 155 15 0 17 7 4 1 1 3 5 1 2 1 5 2 7 20 0 24 7 10 0 10 1 2 13 19 0 136 1 10 15 4 103 575 60 3 517 633 1 15 23 0 146 2 15 23 0 126 15 0 151 4 1 1 2 8 1 2 1 5 2 2 20 0 19 6 Notes 1 All customer wiring and devices must be installed in accordance with local and national electrical codes 2 100 Power Exhaust is with or without Statitrac RT SVX34H EN 27 Ss TRANE Installation Electrical Table8 Electrical service sizing data electric heat Table9 Electrical service sizing data crankcase module electric heat only 60 Hz heaters heating mode only 60Hz Models TE D H F R 330 600 Electric Heat FLA Nominal FLA Add Unit Voltage KW Heater Unit Size Tons 200 230 460 575 Nominal Nominal 36 54 72 90 108 27 35 1 1 1 1 pote Voltage FLA FLA FLA FLA FLA fs Bl 2 si E 208 74 9 112 4 re 230 86 6 129 9 460 43 3 65 0 86 6 108 3 575 52 0 69 3 86 6
110. 7 Component static pressure drops in wg I P 50 Hz Heating System Filters Standard High MERV Efficiency Efficiency Throw MERV 8 14 High Hot Nominal Gas Heat Electric Heat 1D Coil 1D Coil away High Eff Eff Gas Std Tons CFM 1 2 Reheat kW Std Air Low High Element Elements Dry Wet Dry Wet 2 2 4 4 Economizer Coil 6670 0 07 0 05 0 04 0 05 0 09 0 14 0 12 0 19 0 05 0 08 0 07 0 20 0 331 0 05 7500 0 08 0 07 0 06 0 06 0 11 0 17 0 14 0 23 0 07 0 11 0 1 0 24 0 04 0 07 23 80 8330 0 1 0 08 0 07 0 08 0 13 0 20 0 17 0 26 0 08 0 13 0 12 0 28 0 049 0 08 9170 0 13 0 1 0 08 0 09 0 15 0 23 0 20 0 30 0 09 0 15 0 14 0 32 0 059 0 10 10000 0 15 0 12 0 1 0 11 0 17 0 26 0 23 0 34 0 11 0 18 0 16 0 37 0 07 0 12 7500 0 08 0 07 0 06 0 06 0 11 0 17 0 14 0 23 0 07 0 11 0 1 0 24 0 04 0 07 8330 0 1 0 08 0 07 0 08 0 13 0 20 0 17 0 26 0 08 0 13 0 12 0 28 0 049 0 08 di 9170 0 13 0 1 0 08 0 09 0 15 0 23 0 20 0 30 0 09 0 15 0 14 0 32 0 059 0 10 10000 0 15 0 12 0 1 0 11 0 17 0 26 0 23 0 34 0 11 0 18 0 17 0 37 0 07 0 12 8750 0 11 0 09 0 08 0 08 0 18 0 28 0 18 0 28 0 09 0 15 0 13 0 30 0 054 0 09 9580 0 14 0 11 0 09 0 1 0 21 0 32 0 21 0 32 0 1 0 17 0 16 0 34 0 065 0 11 R 11200 0 19 0 15 0 13 0 14 0 28 0 41 0 28 0 41 0 12 0 21 0 19 0 43 0 077 0 15 12100 0 22 0 17 0 15 0 16 0 31 0 46 0 31 0 46 0 13 0 22 0 21 0 48 0 091 0 17 10000 0 01 0 03 0 07 0 11 0 18 0 28 0 22 0 35 0 11 0 18 0 16 0 37 0 070 0 04 10800 0 01 0
111. 76 50 Ton dual circuit operating pressures standard efficiency 60 Hz TC TE YC 600 Circuit 1 FULL LOAD 700 5 650 a a a 9 600 e E 2 2 a o 2 a a E a u es o 550 m g S 3 5 5 E 3 D 3 115 F OD Ambient N 500 g 2 105 F OD Ambient 2 450 a 95 F OD Ambient 400 5 o Mm a 85 FOD Ambient 350 J 75 F OD Ambient 300 65 FOD Ambient 250 55 F OD Ambient 200 l l i 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 Suction Pressure P sig RT SVX34H EN 87 Figure 77 50 Ton dual circuit operating pressures standard efficiency 60 Hz TC TE YC 600 Circuit 2 FULL LOAD 700 i i 650 Hi T Q 600 g a o S i g a Q 2 TE i e me aa rR 550 j L Q 5 ex 6 8 E D 3 115 F OD Ambient amp 500 i g 2 105 F OD Ambient o 450 4 A gt 95 F OD Ambient g 40 4 Q 2 a 85 F OD Ambient 350 75 F OD Ambient 300 65 F OD Ambient I 250 55 F OD Ambient A 200 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 Suction Pressure Psig Figure 78 275 Ton operating pressure high efficiency 60 Hz TC TE YC 330 FULL LOAD 550 115 F Ambient 500 o ES 105 F Ambient 450 SSS Sa oe sa er 95 F Ambient 400 _ eS ae 85 F Ambient 350 So a E Seer Te 75 F Ambient 300 P ME p aL Se
112. 77 35 326 148 D F 360 305 107 49 105 48 112 51 34 15 74 34 255 116 H R 360 305 107 49 105 48 78 35 34 15 77 35 255 116 D F 420 350 107 49 105 48 112 51 34 15 74 34 173 78 H R 420 350 107 49 105 48 78 35 34 15 77 35 173 78 D F 480 400 112 51 130 59 114 52 34 15 74 34 241 109 H R 480 400 112 51 130 59 100 45 34 15 84 38 241 109 D F 600 500 112 51 130 59 114 52 34 15 74 34 25 11 H R 600 500 112 51 130 59 100 45 34 15 84 38 25 11 Note Basic unit weight includes minimum horsepower supply fan motor 22 RT SVX34H EN S TRANE Installation General Requirements Condensate Drain Connection Each commercial rooftop unitis equipped with one 1 1 1 4 inch Female PVC condensate drain connection Refer to Figure 11 p 19for the location of the connector A condensate trap must be installed due to the drain connection being on the negative pressure side of the fan Install a P Trap at the unit using the guidelines in Figure 14 p 23 Pitch the drain line at least 1 2 inch for every 10 feet of horizontal run to assure proper condensate flow Ensure that all condensate drain line installations comply with applicable building and waste disposal codes Notes e For units with optional Condensate Overflow Switch COF the switch will not work properly if unit is not level or slightly sloped toward switch e To ensure proper condensate flow during op
113. 8 Lead Lag Control oo ooooo 58 Coil Frost Protection 59 Dehumidification Frost Protection 59 Drain Pan Condensate Overflow Switch Op onal cocos daa iaa 59 VFD Programming Parameters 59 Condenser Fan Sequencing Control 59 Preparing the Unit for Operation 62 Electrical Phasing 0 62 Voltage Supply and Voltage Imbalance 63 Starting the Unit 63 Test Modes 0c cece eee eee eee 63 Verifying Proper Fan Rotation 68 Verifying Proper Air Flow CFM CV On VED Sisi NAE 68 Exhaust Fan Operation 75 Economizer Damper Adjustment 77 Economizer O A Dampers 77 For Models with Ultra Low Leak Economizers 0 o ocooooooooo 79 Manual Outside Air Damper 81 Starting the Compressor 82 Starting 27 5 to 35 Ton Standard Efficiency TS inte eevee cnet wee a 82 Starting 40 to 50 Ton Standard Efficiency UNIS cocinas arcas paa 82 Starting 27 5 50 Ton High Efficiency Units 82 Line Weights ooococcocccccc o 82 Compressor Oil o oo oooo 84 Scroll Compressor Operational Noises 97 Compressor Crankcase Heaters 97 Charging by Subcooling 97 Measuring Subcooling 97 Gas Heat Units o oooo ooocoo ooo 97 Electric Heat Units 98 Final Unit Checkout o 98 For Constant Volume
114. 8 Y SE aa y 1 5 374 A gt N ty 1 0 249 gt lt i SS i Y 0 5 125 K e 0 0 0 0 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000 18000 20000 22000 24000 26000 Volumetric Airflow Rate CFM 0 94 1 89 2 83 3 78 4 72 566 661 755 85 9 44 1038 1133 1227 US in 1000 s Figure 5L Supply fan performance 33 3 and 417 Ton IP 50Hz Supply Fan Performance 40 and 50 Ton 5 1245 EARS x DN y ral 4 996 SS Se A men 2 i gt FPS i Py gt EJ MN 3 747 I Static Presure InVWC 2 498 iz ac ay OS Pp E PP E LA LA LA 4 _ 1 e r a al 0 0 0 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000 18000 20000 22000 24000 26000 28000 Volumetric Airflow Rate CFM 0 94 1 89 2 83 3 78 472 5 66 6 61 7 55 8 5 9 44 10 38 11 33 1227 13 22 US in 1000 s 70 RT SVX34H EN Table 44 TC YC 300 600 MBH economizer R A damper pressure drop 60 Hz Unit Airflow Pressure Unit Airflow Pressure Unit Airflow Pressure Capacity Cfm Drop gt Capacity Cfm Drop Capacity Cfm Drop
115. 8 100 3 39 61 78 100 1 23 39 61 77 100 TC 480 2 39 61 77 100 3 39 61 77 100 1 25 38 62 75 100 TC 600 2 38 62 75 100 3 38 62 75 100 Coil Frost Protection The Frostat control monitors the suction line temperature to prevent the evaporator from freezing due to low operating temperatures whenever there is a demand for cooling When a closed circuithas occurred for 5 seconds minimum the RTRM turns off all of the cooling outputs The Supply Fan will be held On until the Frostat has been open for 5 continuous seconds or for 60 seconds after the last compressor was shut Off whichever is the longest The compressor shutdown is communicated to Tracer if applicable There is no local diagnostic for this condition RT SVX34H EN Dehumidification Frost Protection Two control schemes will be active on units configured for Dehumidification The first employs the use of the Frostat function The second scheme takes precedence over Frostat Operation will be as described below The second scheme is in control during active dehumidification or cooling and includes the use of an Entering Evaporator Temperature sensor EET If the EET drops below 35 F for 10 continuous minutes compressors will stage off For dual circuit units one circuit will be staged off initially and then if the EET remains below 3529F for an additional 10 minutes the second circuit will be staged off For single circuit units one compressor w
116. A ECA 3 flashes RAH 1 and RAH 2 by measuring current draw Remote Minimum position Potentiometer 1 Economizer modulates but minimum position stays at zero Potentiometer range 50 to 200 Ohms NONE Check resistance at ECA P and P1 50 to 200 Ohms Cooling Setpoint CSP for CV or SZ VAV ZSM slide potentiometer 1 Uses HSP and CSP CSP HSP 4 F or use RTRM Default Mode 100 to 900 Ohms Use ZSM Test Procedures NONE Check at terminals 2 and 3 on ZSM Heating Setpoint HSP for CV or SZ VAV ZSM slide potentiometer 1 Uses CSP and HSP HSP CSP 4 F 100 to 900 Ohms Use ZSM Test Procedures NONE Check at terminals 2 and 5 on ZSM TDL1 TDL2 or TDL3 Temperature Discharge Limit 1 Comp1 Comp2 or Comp3 will not operate Open 230 F 6 5 F Close 180 F 12 5 F Normally closed Cool Failure Output at RTRM J6 8 to J6 6 LED blinks at ZSM HSP and CSP for CV or SZ VAV are both lost 1 Cannot control at ZSM unit using RTRM Default Mode 100 to 900 Ohms approx Use ZSM Test Procedures If a sensor is used at RTRM J 6 1 and J 6 2 Cool Failure Output at RTRM J 6 8 to J 6 6 COOL LED Blinks at ZSM If RTRM senses a zone temp input and then it is lost ZTEMP Zone Temperature Sensor CV SZ VAV or VAV during Unoccupied mode 1 No Heating or Cooling ZSM Fan selection switch operates IDM during Unoccupied Mode 40 TO 150 F 346K to 2 1K CV Cool Failur
117. AV Supply Air Temperature 40 50 ton YC only culete lt Frequency 6 Single Zone VAV w VFD w o Bypass 7 Single Zone VAV w NVFD w Bypass RT SVX34H EN VAV Supply Air Temperature Control w VFD w o Bypass w Motor Shaft Grounding Ring VAV Supply Air Temperature Control w VFD w Bypass w Motor Shaft Grounding Ring Single Zone VAV w VFD w o Bypass w Motor Shaft Grounding Ring Single Zone VAV w VFD w Bypass w Motor Shaft Grounding Ring Zone sensors are not included with option and must be ordered as a separate accessory Miscellaneous Options Note Digit 17 A Service Valves Note Service valves cannot be selected with High Efficiency units Digit 29 K or L Liquid and discharge service valves are included with High Efficiency units Digit 18 B Through the Base Electrical Provision Digit 19 C Non Fused Disconnect Switch w External Handle Digit 20 D Factory Powered 15A GFI Convenience Outlet and Non Fused Disconnect Switch w External Handle Digit 21 E Field Powered 15A GFI Convenience Outlet Note If convenience outlet needed w High Fault SCCR option must be ordered under digit 27 Digit 22 F Trane Communication Interface TCI Digit 23 G Ventilation Override Digit 24 H Hinged Service Access Digit 25 H Tool less Condenser Hail Guards J Condenser Coil Guards Digit 26 K LCI LonTalk B BACnet Communications Interface BCI RT SVX34H EN Digit 27 O
118. Constant Volume and Single Zone VAV applications a 3 minute delay allows the RTRM to evaluate the rate of change in the zone If the zone temperature is dropping faster than acceptable parameters the compressor s will not be required to operate Free night setback allows the unit to enter an unoccupied mode by simply shorting across terminals RTRM J 6 11 and J 6 12 The short can be achieved by a set of dry contacts or a time clock Once this short has been made the unit will closethe economizer dampers go from continuous fan to auto fan operation and CV or SZ VAV Unit w Mechanical ZSM If the unit has a valid cooling and heating setpoint the setup setback is a minimum of 7 F If the unit does not have both setpoints the setup setback is 0 Ifthe unit has neither setpoint the unoccupied cooling heating setpoints will be 74 F 71 F If the unit is configured as a Constant Volume unit and a conventional thermostat is used this inputis ignored and the unit will respond to thermostat requests as during normal occupied mode VAV unit w o ICS or NSB energizes heating if the space temperature drops to 10 F below the MWU setpoint but not less than 50 F This option can not be used with programmable ZSM or with an ICSTM system Low pressure cutouts on all compressors have been added to insure compressor reliability in low refrigerant flow situations The compressor s will lockout after four consecutive low pressure con
119. D ACTI ON 1 ODM has failed 1 Check ODM s replace if necessary 2 ODM capacitor s has failed 2 Check ODM capacitors replace if necessary 3 Wiring terminal or mechanical CC1 or E CPR1 operates ODM s will CC2 contactor failure not operate 3 Check wires terminals CC1 and CC2 Repair or replace if necessary 4 Check for proper voltage and contact closure ODF20 and 34 have a 24 VAC holding Coil If voltage is present replace relay 5 Locate the P3 connector on the RTRM Check for 24 VAC at terminal P3 6 If 24 VAC is not present replace RTRM 4 ODF 20 or 34 relay has failed 5 RTRM is defective 1 No power to CC1 coil Possible Cool 1 Check wiring terminals and applicable controls CCB1 HPC1 TDL1 Failure WTL1 LPC1 2 CC1 coil defective Cool Failure Indicated 2 Check CC1 coil If open or shorted replace CC1 F CPR1 and ODM1 will not 3 CC1 contacts defective 3 If 24 VAC is present at CC1coil verify contact closure operate 4 If 24 VAC is not present at CC1 coil reset the Cool Failure by cycling 4 RTRM is defective the main power disconnect switch Verify system MODE is set for cooling operation If no controls have opened and CC1 will not close replace RTRM 5 Leak check repair evacuate and recharge as necessary Check LPC1 5 LPC1 has tripped operation 1 OAS has failed 1 Perform OAS Resistance Temperature check Replace if necessary 2 ODM3 and or
120. E am ams 65 F Ambient A 55 F Ambient 180 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 Suction Pressure PSIG 180 RT SVX34H EN Scroll Compressor Operational Noises Because the scroll compressor is designed to accommodate liquids both oil and refrigerant and solid particles without causing compressor damage there are some characteristic sounds that differentiate it from those typically associated with a reciprocating compressor These sounds which are described below are characteristic and do not affect the operation or reliability of the compressor At Shutdown When a Scroll compressor shuts down the gas within the scroll compressor expands and causes momentary reverse rotation until the discharge check valve closes This results in a flutter type sound At Low Ambient Startup When the compressor starts up under low ambient conditions the initial flow rate of the compressor is low due to the low condensing pressure This causes a low differential across the thermal expansion valve that limits its capacity Under these conditions it is not unusual to hear the compressor rattle until the suction pressure climbs and the flow rate increases During Normal Operation The scroll compressor emits a higher frequency tone sound than a reciprocating compressor Compressor Crankcase Heaters Each compressor is equipped with a crankcase heater When the compressor is Off the crankcase heater is ene
121. E 65 F Ambient 250 aa me oS a ae 55 F Ambient 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 Discharge Pressure PSIG Suction Pressure PSIG 88 RT SVX34H EN Discharge Pressure PSIG Discharge Pressure PSIG Startup Figure 79 30 Ton operating pressure high efficiency 60 Hz TC TE YC 360 FULL LOAD 550 aa 115 F Ambient 500 AI 105 F Ambient 450 o 95 F Ambient 400 SS 85 F Ambient 350 a 75 F Ambient 300 E DU 0 0 e S S 65 F Ambient 250 A E R E E I E E 55 F Ambient 200 7 r 4 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 Suction Pressure PSIG Figure 80 35 Ton operating pressure high efficiency 60 Hz TC TE YC 420 FULL LOAD 600 550 115 F Ambient inj ij 05 E Ambient 450 nes 99 F Ambient 400 mmm 35 F Ambient 350 1 e a 75 F Ambient 300 65 F Ambient A gt 55 F Ambient 250 200 i 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 Suction Pressure PSIG RT SVX34H EN 89 Figure 8L 40Ton operating pressure high efficiency 60 Hz TC TE YC 480 FULL LOAD 550 500 A SE Ambient z 105 F Ambient a 450 A aaa g a 400 SR Re 95 F Ambient 2 85 F Ambient amp 350 mam LELDE G m 75 F Ambient 3 300 el wn oe 65 F Ambient 250 HA 55 F Ambient 200 r 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 Suction Pressure PSIG Figure 82 50Ton operating pressure high efficiency 60 Hz 550 500 450
122. ESISTOR R69 LOCATED ON RTAM NEAR SUPPLY AIR COOLING SETPOINT POTENTIOMETER WHEN OPTIONAL REMOTE PANEL IS USED lt 2 CUT WIRE JUMPER ADJACENT TO THE TERMINAL 1 ON ZONE SENSOR WHEN OPTIONAL REMOTE SENSOR IS USED RTRM Je NN DD 77 1234 678910 cr q AG gl g CACAO cued 8 hs TB1 TB2 APA BAYSENSO21 5 1 6 REMOTE PANEL W O NSB 5 1A 2A 4 aA 3 3 A a 2 2 LSAS lt 2 OQy 1A OPTIONAL REMOTE SENSOR All oa The following Constant Volume or Variable Air Volume Traditional or Single Zone controls are available from the factory for field installation Remote Zone Sensor BAYSENS073 This electronic sensor features remote zone sensing and timed override with override cancellation Itis used witha Trane Integrated Comfort building management system Figure 28 Remote zone sensor BAYSENS073 ICS WITH OVERRIDE BUTTON AND CANCEL BUTTONS RTRM 12 J6 T3 S S 219 ML NA BAYSENSO73 ZONE SENSOR Remote Zone Sensor BAYSENS074 This electronic sensor features single setpoint capability and timed override with override cancellation It is used with a Trane Integrated Comfort building management system Figure 29 Remote zone sensor BAYSENSO74 LIBI 72 71 70 BAYSENSO 4x ZONE SENSOR
123. Failure Indicated System Status Failure Diagnostic Place the unit in the Heating Test Mode steps 6 amp 7 for constant volume or step 8 amp 9 for variable air volume and check the complete heating system for failure Make necessary repairs or adjustments to the unit O No Heat TE s only Electric heat will not operate 1 Heater contactor s have failed 1 Check for 24 VAC at AH BH CH and DH contactor coils If 24 VAC is present on a call for heat and the contacts do not close the contactor has failed 2 Heater element temperature limit s is open 2 Check line voltage between the element temperature limit terminals located in heat section If line voltage is present the limit is open Repair heating unit or replace limit s as needed 3 Wiring or terminal failure 4 Heater Element s has failed 3 Check for wiring or terminal failure in control and power circuit Repair or replace if necessary 4 Check element and circuit integrity Repair or replace as necessary Replace open elements RTRM is defective 5 Check RTRM heat outputs First stage locate P2 connector connected to J2 on the RTRM Locate wire 65E at terminal P2 9 measure between 65E and ground If 24 VAC is present repeat 3 above If 24 Vac is not present the RTRM has failed Second stage Locate 67B wire at terminal P2 8 measure between 67B and ground 24 Vac should be present If 24 Vac is not present the
124. GV is energized for approximately 7 seconds If the burner lights the gas valve remains energized If the burner fails to ignite the ignition module will attempt two retries and then lock out if flame is not proven The unit will attempt to ignite at 60 minute intervals until the heating call is removed An IGN lockout due to flame loss can be reset by 1 Open and close the main power disconnect switch 2 Switch the MODE switch on the zone sensor to Off and then to the desired position VAV units remove and reapply the mode input 3 Allow the IGN to reset automatically after one hour When ignition takes place the hot surface igniter IP is de energized and functions as the flame sensor Two Stage If after 60 seconds the unit requires 1st stage heating only the IGN will change the combustion blower from high speed to low speed If additional heating is required and first stage heat has been operating for a minimum of 10 seconds the IGN inducer relay will change 103 Ss TRANE Sequence of Operation the combustion blower motor CBM to high speed delivering second stage heat capacity Modulating Units with modulating heat will fire the modulating bank first at high fire for 60 seconds The unit will then modulate the heater to the necessary rate If the modulating heat bank cannot satisfy the zone needs alone the second bank will come on and the modulating will find the appropriate operating point Con
125. H 1 and RAH 2 on the ECA Normal operating current is 4 to 20 milliamps mA Note The humidity sensors are polarity sensitive and will not operate if connected backwards operate as efficiently as in the past 2 Reference enthalpy setup OHS has failed System is operating using dry bulb control 2 Check the outside humidity sensor OHS by measuring the operating current at terminals OAH 1 and OAH 2 on the ECA Normal operating current is 4 to 20 milliamps mA 3 Comparative enthalpy setup OHS has failed System is operating using dry bulb control 3 Perform 2 above 1 Exhaust motor has failed 1 Check the exhaust fan motor and replace if necessary 2 XFR has failed U Power Exhaust will not 2 Check the exhaust fan contactor XFR Replace if necessary operate 3 ECA has failed 3 Perform the ECA Test Procedures discussed previously E XFSP has Failed RTAM has Failed 4 Perform the Exhaust Fan Setpoint Test Procedures discussed previously 1 Perform the RTAM Test Procedures discussed previously V VFD will not operate VFD has Failure Check the VFD properly Setpoint Failure Perform the VFD Setpoint Test Procedures discussed previously Ri W N e RTOM has Failed 2 3 4 Perform the RTOM Test Procedures discussed previously 1 Space Pressure Deadband is too W Power Exhaust Fan cycles narrow 1 Increase the Space Press
126. If the Fan Failure switch opens for at least 40 seconds during fan operation indicating a fan failure the unit will stop Condensate Overflow Switch When the condensate overflow switch is closed a drain pan overflow condition is indicated and it will shut unit operations down RTRM Zone Sensor Module ZSM Tests Note These procedures are not for programmable or digital models and are conducted with the Zone Sensor Module electrically removed from the system Table 69 Zone Sensor Module ZSM terminal identification constant volume only Terminal Terminall D Terminal Terminall D J6 1 ZTEMP J6 6 LED COMMON J6 2 MON J6 7 HEAT LED J6 3 CSP J6 8 COOL LED J6 4 MODE J6 9 SYS ON LED J6 5 HSP J6 10 SERVICE LED Test 1 Zone Temperature Themistor ZTEMP This component is tested by measuring the resistance between terminals 1 and 2 on the Zone Temperature Sensor The following are some typical indoor temperatures and corresponding resistive values Table 70 Resistance values Zone or Set Point Nominal ZTEMP Nominal CSP or Temperature Resistance HSP Resistance 50 F 19 9 K Ohms 889 Ohms 55 F 17 47 K Ohms 812 Ohms 60 F 15 3 K Ohms 695 Ohms 65 F 13 49 K Ohms 597 Ohms 70 F 11 9 K Ohms 500 Ohms 75 F 10 50 K Ohms 403 Ohms 80 F 9 3 K Ohms 305 Ohms 85 F 8 25 K Ohms 208 Ohms 90 F 7 3 K Ohms 110 Ohms Test 2 Cooling Set Point CSP and Heating Set Poi
127. If the system control is local the DWU initiation setpointis 3 F below the Morning Warm up setpoint The termination setpoint is equal to the Morning Warm up setpoint If the system control is remote Tracer the DWU setpoint is equal to the Tracer Occupied heating setpoint The initiation and termination setpoints are selectable setpoints designated by Tracer When the zone temperature meets or exceeds the termination setpoint while the unit is in an Occupied Auto Mode or switched to the Cooling Mode the unit will revert to the cooling operation If an Occupied Heating Mode is selected the unit will only function within the DWU perimeters until the system is switched from the Heat Mode or enters an Unoccupied status Note When a LCI is installed on a VAV unit the MWU setpoint located on the RTAM board is ignored The MWU and DWU setpoints come from the higher priority LCI R DAC Supply Duct Static Pressure Control The supply duct static pressure is measured by a transducer with a 0 25 to 2 125 Vdc proportional output which corresponds to an adjustable supply duct static pressure of 0 3 w c to 2 5 w c respectively with a deadband adjustment range from 0 2 w c to LO w c The setpoint is adjustable on the RTAM Static Pressure Setpoint potentiometer or through ICS Example Supply Duct Static setpoint 2 0 w c RTAM RT SVX34H EN Deadband 0 2 w c RTAM Duct Static Control Range 19
128. OA Flow OA Flow Min OA DCV Min Min OA DCV Min Adjustment Voltage Adjustment Voltage Flow OA Flow Flow OA Flow R136 Reading R136 Reading Setpoint Setpoint Voltage Setpoint Setpoint Voltage a oe R130 R41 Reading R130 R41 Reading Multiplier Multiplier Adjustment Vdc Adjustment Vdc Airflow Airflow Voltage Airflow Airflow Voltage CFM CFM Vdc CFM CFM Vdc 1 04 1 96 1 13 2 20 15400 15400 2 13 17300 17300 2 32 1 05 2 00 1 14 2 24 15500 15500 2 14 17400 17400 2 33 1 06 2 03 1 15 2 26 15600 15600 2 15 17500 17500 2 34 1 07 2 06 1 16 2 28 15700 15700 2 16 17600 17600 2 35 1 08 2 10 1 17 2 30 15800 15800 2 17 17700 17700 2 36 1 09 2 12 1 18 2 34 15900 15900 2 18 17800 17800 2 37 1 10 2 14 1 19 2 36 16000 16000 2 19 17900 17900 2 38 1 11 2 16 1 20 2 40 16100 16100 2 20 18000 18000 2 39 1 12 2 18 16200 16200 2 21 18100 18100 2 40 PREE Ventilation Control 16300 16300 2 22 18200 18200 2 41 nit i i i 16400 teagi TF 18300 T8300 FE U S configured for Single Zone VAV control require special handling of the OA Damper Minimum Position 16500 16500 2 24 18400 18400 2 43 control in order to compensate for the non linearity of 16600 16600 2 25 18500 18500 2 44 airflow associated with the variable supply fan speed and damper combinations 16700 16700 2 26 18600 18600 2 45 16800 16800 2 27 fora tema AE Demand Controlled Ventilation 16900 16900 2 28 18800 18800 2 47 Units configured for SZVAV and Demand Controlled Too
129. OK button and using and Y buttons When the desired selection has been made press the OK button Should replacing the a VFD become necessary the replacementis not configured with all of Trane s operating parameters The VFD must be programmed before attempting to operate the unit To verify and or program a VFD use the following steps 1 Remove the mode input RTRM J 6 2 and J 6 4 or turn the NSB panel to OFF so that the fan will not attempt to start during programming 130 HIGH VOLTAGE IS PRESENT AT TERMINAL BLOCK 1TB1 OR UNIT DISCONNECT SWITCH 1514 2 To modify TR 200 parameters a Press Main Menu button press Back button if the main menu does not display b Usethe A Jand Y buttons to find the parameter menu group first part of parameter number c Press OK d Use A and Y buttons to select the correct parameter sub group first digit of second part of parameter number e Press OK f Use A and Y buttons to select the specific parameter g Press OK h To move to a different digit within a parameter setting use the P gt lt 4 buttons Highlighted area indicates digit selected for change i Use A and Y buttons to adjust the digit j Press Cancel button to disregard change or press OK to accept change and enter the new setting 3 Repeat step two for each menu selection setting in Table 76 p 130 4 To reset TR 200 programming parameters back to the
130. On and rotating in the proper direction CV applications Measure the amperage at the supply fan contactor and compare it with the full load amp FLA rating stamped on the motor nameplate VFD s With the O A dampers fully closed read the amperage displayed on the VFD screen and compareit to the motor nameplate Note On VAV applications the VFD will be under control of the discharge Static Pressure setpoint for the first six minutes of this test mode Verify that the VFD output is at 60 Hz before measuring the fan motor amps If the actual amperage exceeds the nameplate value static pressure is less than design and air flow is too high If the actual amperage is below the nameplate value static pressure is greater than design and air flow is too low 2 To determine the actual CFM within 5 plot the fan s operating RPM and the Theoretical BHP onto the appropriate Fan Performance Curve in Figure 48 p 69 and Figure 49 p 69 Theoretical BHP Formula Actual Motor Amps x Motor HP Theoretical BHP Motor Nameplate Amps Where the two points intersect read straight down to the CFM line Use Table 45 p 71to selecta new fan drive if the CFM is not within specifications RT SVX34H EN Figure 48 Supply fan performance curves 27 5 35 ton 60Hz Static Presure InWC Supply Fan Performance 27 35T
131. SOR aes ASAS 4 Ti z l 13075 EN T 1 l S gt lt 2 La OPTIONAL REMOTE SENSOR a 247 Zone Panel BAYSENS108 This electronicsensor features foursystem switch settings Heat Cool Auto and Off and two fan settings On and Auto Itis a manual or auto changeover control with dual setpoint capability It can be used with a remote zone temperature sensor BAYSENSO77 34 Figure 24 Zone panel BAYSENS108 lt 2 CUT THERMISTOR ON ZONE SENSOR WHEN OPTIONAL REMOTE SENSOR IS USED NNN It BAYSENS008 RTBM ara ZONE SENSOR J6 COSO TB1 7 a 1A 2A 5 5 4 4 3 3 ee N 2 2 4 To E 21 Lia OPTIONAL REMOTE SENSOR Q 24 Remote Pane W O NSB BAYSENS110 This electronic sensor features four system switch settings Heat Cool Auto and Off and two fan settings On and Auto with four system status LED s It is a manual or auto changeover control with dual setpoint capability It can be used with a remote zone temperature sensor BAYSENSO77 Figure 25 Remote panel W O NSB BAYSENS110 lt 2 CUT THERMISTOR ON ZONE SENSOR WHEN OPTIONAL REMOTE SENSOR IS USED i CANES NAS LILII IILL 12345 678910 HHHH gda Mogg Tet TB2 RTRM J6 BAYSENS010 ZONE SENSOR 12 H 11 1A 2A 10 18 o IZ Ni ta E 4
132. TB5 activates VAV heating The Supply Air Heating setpoint must be set to the desired discharge air temperature for heating This VAV heating mode is available only with modulating gas heat units In this mode the gas heaters modulate and the supply air pressure control remains active to satisfy the zone settings For constant volume CV units with modulating gas heat using a conventional thermostat or for Single Zone VAV units with modulating gas heat the Discharge Air SP on the RTOM must be set to desired discharge air temperature in order for the unit to function properly See Figure 36 p 41 For VAV units with modulating gas heat the Supply Air Heating Setpoint on the RTAM is used to control the heat setpoint in the changeover heating mode RT SVX34H EN ReliaTel Ventilation Module RTVM Figure 37 RTVM module moose T me y ro DA COOLIFAN SPD 1 Space Pressure Deadband iwc 2 Space Pressure Setpoint iwc 3 R130 Design minimum OA flow Setpoint 4 R41 DCV Minimum OA flow Setpoint 3 R130 SA REHEAT SP Design Minimum Position at Minimum Fan Speed Command 4 R41 DEHUMID DCV Minimum Position at Minimum Fan Speed Command R136 DA COOL FAN SPD Design Minimum Position at 50 Fan Speed Command Setpoints for units with TRAQ Setpoints only required for Single Zone VAV units with Demand Controlled Ventilation installed The RTVM Ventilation Module provides a 2 to 10 Vdc
133. TING THE SIZE GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 1 15 X SUM OF UNIT LOADS SEE UNIT LITERATURE FOR UNIT LOAD VALUES lt B 400 AMP DISCONNECT SELECTED BY A AND BY THE UNIT MCA VALUE SEE UNIT LITERATURE FOR APPROPRIATE MCA 380 415 460 480 575 VOLT UNITS DISCONNECT SIZE WIRE QTY CONNECTOR WIRE RANGE 100 AMP 1 14 1 0 250 AMP 1 44 350 MCM 26 RT SVX34H EN Ss TRANE Installation Electrical Table7 27250 ton electrical service sizing data 60Hz1 Fan Motors Compressor Std Compressor High Efficiency Efficiency eStage Supply Condenser Exhaust Electrical Allowable 73 is Characteri Voltage No RLA LRA No RLA LRA FLA FLA Model stics Range Ton Ea Ea Ton Ea Ea HP FLA No HP Ea No HP Ea 1 12 44 0 304 1 6 28 0 203 7 5 22 2 208 60 3 187 229 1 13 50 5 315 2 9 37 1 267 10 0 29 5 3 111 7 0 1 2 1 0 4 1 1 12 44 0 304 1 6 28 0 203 7 5 18 8 T 230 60 3 207 253 7 13 50 5 315 2 9 37 1 267 100 252 3 bt 70 1 2 10 41 YC 330 1 12 21 0 147 1 6 14 1 7 5 9 4 460 60 3 414 506 1 13 23 0 158 2 9 16 8 98 142 10 0 112 6 3 11 3 5 1 2 1 0 1 8 1 12 17 5 122 1 6 12 2 7 5 7 8 575 60 3 517 633 1 13 19 0 136 2 9 14 7 84 103 10 0 10 1 3 11 2 8 1 2 1 0 1 4 315 1 6 28 0 203 7 5 22 2 208 60 3 187
134. Traq functions and sensor value are only valid during active Supply Fan operation therefore a value of 0 CFM will be substituted for any low level bleed through sensor value that may be sensed on the OA Flow Sensor during Fan OFF periods OA Damper Minimum Position is only valid during active fan operation in all configurations The Design Min OA Flow Setpoint will be limited to a lower limit of 1 000 CFM and an upper limit of 20 000 CFM Setting of values outside of this range except for 0 CFM will resultin the setting being clamped within the range A value of 0 CFM will be allowed and will result in initialization of the Traq OA Damper Min Position calculation and an active value of 0 will be sent as the Active Traq setpoint This allows the userto setthe damper closed by setting the flow setpoint to O CFM If Demand Controlled Ventilation is configured then the lower limit of the Design Min OA Flow Setpoint will be 1 500 CFM to allow a gap to the DCV Min OA Flow Setpoint of 500 CFM making its lower limit 1 000 CFM When the Design Min OA Flow Setpoint is greater than 1 500 CFM a minimum of 500 CFM offset will be enforced between the DCV Min OA Flow Setpoint and the Design Min OA Flow Setpoint If configured for Traq operation and OA CFM Compensation the unit will perform Traq control since it will be the most accurate method of control This situation might occur if a unitis upgraded to Traq control butthe OA RT SV
135. Units 98 For Variable Air Volume Units 98 For Single Zone Variable Air Volume Ss TRANE Table of Contents WINS dida ati aa a cat 99 Pre Installation o o o 100 General Unit Requirements 100 Downflow Upflow Models 100 All Units socios bow se cues 100 Electrical Requirements 100 Field Installed Control Wiring 100 Gas Heat Requirements 100 Sequence of Operation 101 Mechanical Cooling Sequence Of Operation 0 00 cece ees 101 Units Without an Economizer 101 Economizer Operation Based on Dry BUID oca eek dee 101 Economizer Operation Based on Reference Enthalpy 1 ckscanigbs es Peedi eek 102 Economizer Operation Based on Compara tive Enthalpy 0000 102 Economizers with Traq 102 Dehumidification Modulating Hot Gas Re heat Sequence of Operation 103 Sensible cooling or heating control overrides dehumidification control 103 Gas Heat Sequence Of Operation 103 Constant Volume CV Unit Fan Operation 0 cece eee ee 104 Variable Air Volume VAV Unit Fan Opera tion 2 Stage and Modulating Gas Heat 104 Variable Air Volume VAV Unit Fan Opera tion Modulating Gas Heat Only 104 Ignition Control Module 104 High Temperature Limit Operation and Loca UOM ca a Biss io acid 104 Electric Heat Sequence Of Operat
136. X34H EN CFM Compensation config jumper on the RTEM is left on It will be assumed by the presence of a valid OA CFM Flow Sensor and the RTVM version that supports Traq is accompanied by all the necessary unit equipment upgrades Supply Air Temperature Control Heating and Cooling For Cooling Heating Modulating Heat Only and Dehumidification operation the unit will control the active capacity outputs to meet a varying calculated Discharge Air Setpoint that is calculated based on zone conditions in order to maintain the Zone Temperature to the active Zone Setpoint Note that this setpoint will be clamped between the user selected DA Heat and DA Cool Fan Speed setpoints that are set on the RTOM for compressor and economizer control In general as the zone temperature rises above the ZCSP the Active Discharge Air Setpointwill be calculated down and as the zone temperature falls below the ZHSP Tset will be calculated upward This calculated setpoint is a direct indication of space demand and is also used to determine the proper supply fan speed to meet the space requirements During active capacity control the unit will utilize a 3 5 F deadband around the active Discharge Air Setpoint to determine when to request additional heating or cooling capacity similarly to traditional VAV control as described below If the unit is maintaining the discharge air temperature within the H 3 5 F deadband around the calculated discharge air s
137. able Vapors Exposure to hazardous gases from fuel substances have been shown to cause cancer birth defects or other reproductive harm Improper installation adjustment alteration service or use of this product could cause flammable mixtures or lead to excessive carbon monoxide To avoid hazardous gases and flammable vapors follow proper installation and set up of this product and all wamings as provided in this manual Failure to follow all instructions could result in death or serious injury Access holes are provided on the unit as shown in Figure 11 p 19 to accommodate side panel entry Following the guidelines listed below will enhance both the installation and operation of the furnace Note Inthe absence of local codes the installation must conform with the American National Standard Z223 1a of the National Fuel Gas Code latest edition 1 To assure sufficient gas pressure at the unit use Table 18 p 39 to determine the appropriate gas pipe size for the heating capacity listed on the unit s nameplate If a gas line already exists verify that it is sized large enough Table 18 p 39 to handle the additional furnace capacity 2 Take all branch piping from any main gas line from the top at 90 degrees or side at 45 degrees to prevent moisture from being drawn in with the gas 3 Ensure that all piping connections are adequately coated with joint sealant and properly tightened Use a piping compound tha
138. air filters It is mounted in the filter section and is connected to the RTOM The switch is adjustable and can be set for a particular application Theclogged filter switch is normally open and will automatically close when the pressure differential across the filters falls below the clogged filter setpoint The RTOM will generate a SERVICE diagnostic that will be sent to the zone sensor or remote panel when the clogged filter switch has been closed for at least 2 minutes during supply fan operation The system will continue to operate regardless of the status of the clogged filter switch RT SVX34H EN Ventilation Override Note Applying 24 volts to one of the three Ventilation Override Inputs manually activates ventilation override One input is provided to request the Pressurize Mode the second inputthe Purge Mode and the third input the Exhaust Mode When the Pressurize Mode is selected activating Ventilation Override will cause the supply fan to run the economizer to open to 100 the exhaust fan to turn remain off or the VFD to run at full speed SZ VAV and Traditional VAV and the VAV boxes to fully open When Purge is selected activating Ventilation Override will cause the supply fan to run the economizer to open to 100 the exhaust fan to run or the VFD to run atfull speed SZ VAV or Traditional VAV and the VAV boxes to fully open When Exhaust is selected activating Ventilation Override will cause the supply f
139. akers They are to be used only with the accessories called out in this manual If a circuit breaker trips be sure to turn off all power to the unit before attempting to reset it On units equipped with the VFD option an additional control power transformer is used The secondary is protected with fuses Should the fuse blow be sure to turn off all power to the unit before attempting to replace it 30 Field Installed AC Control Wiring AWARNING Proper Field Wiring and Grounding Required All field wiring MUST be performed by qualified personnel Impropery installed and grounded field wiring poses FIRE and ELECTROCUTION hazards To avoid these hazards you MUST follow requirements for field wiring installation and grounding as described in NEC and your local state electrical codes Failure to follow code could result in death or serious injury Use Copper Conductors Only Unit terminals are not designed to accept other types of conductors Failure to use copper conductors could result in equipment damage Before installing any connecting wiring refer to Table 13 p 30 for conductor sizing guidelines and e Use copper conductors unless otherwise specified e Ensure that the AC control voltage wiring between the controls and the unit s termination point does not exceed three 3 ohms conductor for the length of the run Note Resistance in excess of 3 ohms per conductor may cause component failure due to
140. al thermostatis used with a unitthat has modulating gas heat the unit will control to the DischargeAirSP potentiometer onthe RTOM when heating with a W1 call only The unit will go to high fire with W1 W2 Microelectronic Control Features 1 Anti short cycle timer ASCT function Compressor operation is programmed for 3 minutes of minimum ON time and 3 minutes of minimum OFF time Enhances compressor reliability and ensures proper oil return Note Compressor cycle rate minimization extends compressor life expectancy Minimizes damaging compressor inrush current and guards against short cycling 2 Delay between stages timer function When combined with a standard Zone Sensor Module the Reliatel Refrigeration Module RTRM provides a 10 second minimum ON delay for compressor staging 3 Builtin Fan Delay Relay function for Constant Volume and Single Zone VAV units When the fan mode switch on the Zone Sensor Module is setin the auto position the RTRM provides individual supply fan timing RT SVX34H EN sequences for each system in heating and cooling The RTRM provides different timing sequences for Gas Heat units and Cooling only units Low ambient cooling to 0 F with Frostat Built in electric heat staging provides a 10 second ON delay between resistance heat stages Economizer preferred cooling allows fully integrated economizer operation with mechanical cooling if actually needed On
141. all a set of service gauges onto the suction and discharge service ports of each circuit J ump across the Test Terminals on LTB1 or toggle the test switch three consecutive times if itis aconstant volume application or five times if it is a variable air volume application for two to three seconds per jump in order to get to cooling stage 1 J ump across the Test Terminals two more times for full load cooling After the compressor and the condenser fans have been operating for approximately 30 minutes use Figure 71 p 85 through Figure 89 p 94 to determine the proper operating pressures for that circuit For subcooling guidelines refer to Measuring Subcooling p 97 Line Weights The standard and high efficiency units use line weights to dampen vibration Do notremove relocate or over torque these weights The torque specification for the attaching bolts is 6 ft lbs 10 ftlb RT SVX34H EN The locations of the line weights are shown in Figure 63 p 83 and Figure 70 p 84 Figure 63 Line weight locations TE YC TC 330 360 amp 420 standard efficiency w o service valves 0 75 0 25 lt 4 0 75 0 25 y Figure 64 Line weight location TE YC TC 330 360 420 standard efficiency with service valves 0 75 0 25 a x Figure 65 Line weight location TE YC TC 400 standard efficiency w o service valves 0 75 40 25 RT SVX34H EN Figure 66 Line weight location TE YC TC 400 480
142. an 3 4 50 Notes 1 The Compressor s listed under each step are the operating compressors On 27 5 to 35 Ton units with Lead Lag CPR1 will alternate but the fan sequence will remain the same On 40 amp 50 Ton units with Lead Lag the compressor s in step 2 amp 3 will alternate and the fan sequence listed for that step will be in operation Conventional thermostat sequence Y1 CPR1 Y2 CPR2 40 CPR 2 50 CPR 2 3 Y1 Y2 CPR1 2 40 CPR 1 2 amp 50 CPR 1 2 3 During active dehumidification all compressors will be staged On For units equipped with four condenser fans 40 and 50 Ton the condenser fan output states will be controlled based on the O A temperature If O A is above 85 F all condenser fan outputs will be energized If O A falls below 80 F Output B will de energize and will not re energize again until the O A rises above 85 F For units configured with three condenser fans 27 5 to 35 Ton a maximum of two condenser fans will energize Output A will energize above 85 F and de energize when the O A falls below 80 F Output B will remain de energized during active dehumidification If O A falls below 80 F Output A will de energize and will not re energize again until O A rises above 85 F a Single circuit manifolded compressors pair b First Stage Number one refrigeration circuit Standalone compressor is On c First Stage is Off Number two refrigeration circuit standalone c
143. an to turn off the economizer to close to 0 the exhaust fan to run exhaust damper at 100 if configured for Statitrac or the VFD to stop and the VAV boxes to operate normally If more than one mode is requested at the same time the Pressurize request will have priority followed by Purge When any Ventilation Override Mode is active all heating and cooling is turned off For the case where the unit is required to turn off the Emergency Stop inputis used The ICS can also initiate any ventilation override mode Table 31 lists the sequence of events within the system for each ventilation mode Refer to the unit wiring diagram for contact switching and wiring Note Fresh air tracking will not work with VOM Table 31 Ventilation overide sequence Mode and Priority Affected Function Pressurize Purge Exhaust a 1 2 3 Heat Cool off off off VFD full speed full speed full speed Supply Fan on on off Exhaust Fan off on b on Economizer open open closed VAV Boxes forced open forced open ll Be a Exhaust mode 3 is not available with the tracking power exhaust option b For units configured with the Statitrac option the Exhaust Damper will open during Ventilation Override modes that request the ex haust fan to operate Emergency Stop When this binary input is opened all outputs are immediately turned off and the system will notbe allowed to restart until the binary input is closed for
144. an will startanytime the economizer damper position is equal to or greater than the exhaust fan setpoint The economizer will drive to the minimum position setpoint exhaustfans may start at random and the supply fan will start Once the supply fan has started check for proper rotation The direction of rotation is indicated by an arrow on the fan housing If the fan is rotating backwards open the main power disconnect switch upstream of the unit terminal block or the unit factory mounted disconnect switch AWARNING Hazardous Voltage Disconnect all electric power including remote disconnects before servicing Follow proper lockout tagout procedures to ensure the power can not be inadvertently energized Failure to disconnect power before servicing could result in death or serious injury Interchange any two of the field connected power wires at the unit terminal block or factory mounted disconnect switch Note Interchanging Load side power wires at the supply fan contactor will only affect the Fan Rotation Ensure that the voltage phase sequence at the main unit terminal block or the unit mounted disconnect switch is ABC as outlined in Electrical Phasing p 62 68 Verifying Proper Air Flow CFM CV or VFD s L All systems Set the minimum position setting for the economizer to 02 using the setpoint potentiometer located on the Economizer Actuator in the return section with the supply fan
145. approximately 5 seconds minimum The shut down is communicated to RT SVX34H EN Tracer if applicable and the Heat and Cool LED outputs RTRM J 6 7 and J 6 8 will blink at a nominal rate of 1 blink per second Phase Monitor The Phase Monitor is a 3 phase line monitor module that protects against phase loss phase reversal and phase unbalance It is intended to protect compressors from reverse rotation Ithas an operating input voltage range of 190 600 VAC and LED indicators for ON and FAULT There are no field adjustments and the module will automatically reset from a fault condition Low Pressure Control This input incorporates the low pressure cutout of each refrigeration circuit and can be activated by opening afield supplied contact If this circuit is open before a compressor s is started neither compressor in that circuit will be allowed to operate Anytime this circuit is opened for 5 continuous seconds the compressor s in that circuit are turned off immediately The compressor s will not be allowed to restart for a minimum of 3 minutes If four consecutive open conditions occur during the first three minutes of operation the compressor s in that circuit will be locked out a diagnostic communicated to Tracer and a manual reset will be required to restart the compressor s The dehumidification option has one reheat low pressure cutout RLP The RLP is located on the reheat circuit Dehumidification L
146. at Volume Connection Print a 1213 0260 27 5 35T 40T and 50T 2 Stage Gas Heat 575 1213 0262 27 5 35T 40T and 50T Modulating Gas Heat Raceway Devices ee 1213 0322 27 5 35 TON 40T and 50T 2 Stage Gas Heat Connection Print 1213 0325 27 5 35T 40T and 50T Modulating Gas Heat RT SVX34H EN 137 Warranty and Liability Clause COMMERCIAL EQUIPMENT 20 TONS AND LARGER AND RELATED ACCESSORIES PRODUCTS COVERED This warranty is extended by Tranelnc and applies only to commercial equipment rated 20 Tons and larger and related accessories The Company warrants for a period of 12 months from initial startup or 18 months from date of shipment whichever is less that the Company products covered by this order 1 are free from defects in material and workmanship and 2 have the capacities and ratings set forth in the Company s catalogs and bulletins provided that no warranty is made against corrosion erosion or deterioration The Company s obligations and liabilities under this warranty are limited to furnishing f o b factory or warehouse at Company designated shipping point freight allowed to Buyer s city or port of export for shipment outside the conterminous United States replacement equipment or at the option of the Company parts therefore for all Company products not conforming to this warranty and which have been returned to the manufacturer The Company shall not be obligated to pay for the cost of lost
147. ay produce inaccuracies at airflow levels not close to the value at which the calibration adjustment was made Sequence for Setting Calibration L Ifunitis configured with DCV disconnect CO2 sensor priorto powering unit After calibration remove power from unit and reconnect CO2 sensor 2 Adjust the Design Minimum OA Flow Setpoint potentiometer R130 R41 on the RTVM to your desired flow rate for minimum ventilation See Table 27 3 Initiate Service Test and step to the Minimum Ventilation step This will set the unit into a constant ID fan speed and OA damper request to minimum position Minimum position will be from the Traq calculation to maintain the OA flow at the setpoint 4 Allow the damper position to settle to the desired flow rate set by the setpoint 5 Measure the OA flow rate via an air balancing instrument 6 Adjust the OA flow adjustment setpoint potentiometer R136 clockwise or counter clockwise to dial in the flow to match the instrument in Step 4 See Table 28 RT SVX34H EN Startup ie Table 27 Design minimum OA flow setpoint Table 27 Design minimum OA flow setpoint Design Design Design Design Min OA DCV Min Min OA DCV Min Min OA DCV M
148. cation units ifthe Reheat Circuit operates in one mode dehumidification or cooling for a cumulative 60 minutes the unit will initiate a 3 minute Purge cycle with all compressors energized the Cooling and Reheat Valves at 50 and the Reheat Pumpout relay de energized During an active Purge Cycle the Supply Fan Speed will operate at the appropriate speed based on the active compressor step If a dehumidification purge is initiated RT SVX34H EN S TRANE Sequence of Operation the unit will run at 80 if performing a cooling purge the supply fan will track based on the appropriate minimum speed for the associated number of compressors energized After the Purge Cycle is complete the Supply Fan will be released to normal control based on the Cooling Dehumidification demand Dehumidification Humidistat Operation A humidistat input located on the Options module will be supported as on non SZ VAV Other Dehumidification Related Topics The following aspects of Single Zone VAV units configured with Modulating dehumidification will operate identically to non Single Zone VAV units 1 Outdoor Fan Control 2 Low Pressure High Pressure Cutout input handling 3 Function Enable Disable Details Failure and Oveniding Conditions Certain failure and overriding conditions require special handling of the Supply Fan Speed on units configured with Single Zone VAV See below for a list of these conditions 1 Supply Fan Proving Failure
149. ce for standard efficiency units For high efficiency units there are three separate staging sequences which determine the staging of 3 compressors within each sequence Each call for cool will operate within a given sequence and the next call for cool will operate in the next sequence Lead Lag operation is taken into consideration with these 3 staging sequences and will be active when Lead Lag is configured Table 22 lists the compressor staging sequence for high efficiency units Table 2L Compressor staging with lead lag disabled std efficiency units ON OFF Unit Model Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 3 Step 2 Step 1 27 5 35 CPR11 CPR1 2N A N A CPR1 2 CPR11 40 CPR 12 CPR23 CPR1 2 CPR 1 2CPR23 CPR12 CPR CPR1 CPR1 CPR2 2 2 30 PR 334 Za ls 3 GERAL Notes 1 Single circuit dual manifolded compressors 2 Number one refrigeration circuit Standalone compressor is On 3 First stage is off Number two refrigeration circuit standalone compressor is On 4 First Stage is Off Number two refrigeration circuit manifolded compressor pair operating simultaneously is On RT SVX34H EN Table 22 Compressor staging sequence high efficiency units Sequence 1 Sequence 2 Stage CPR 1 CPR 2 CPR 3 Stage CPR 1 CPR 2 CPR 3 1 ON OFF OFF 1 Start at Stage 2 2 OFF ON OFF 2 OFF ON OFF 3 ON ON OFF 3 ON ON OFF 4 OFF ON ON 4 OFF ON ON 5 ON ON ON 5
150. ce of the sensor between the connector terminals P23 1 and P23 2 b Measure the temperature at the MAS location Using the Temperature versus Resistance chart verify the accuracy of the MAF Replace the sensor if it is out of range 2 Testing the Return Air Sensor RAS Disconnect the cable connected to RAT on the ECA Using the Thermistor Resistance Temperature Chart Table 16 p 37 a Measure the resistance of the sensor between the connector terminals P10 1 and P10 2 b Measure the temperature at the RAS location Using the Temperature versus Resistance chart verify the accuracy of the RAS Replace the sensor if it is out of range 3 Testing the Humidity Sensors a Return Humidity Sensor RHS Leave the sensor connected to the ECA and measure the operating current The normal current range is 4 to 20 mA milliampere Replace the sensor if it is out of range b Outdoor Humidity Sensor OHS Leave the sensor connected to the ECA and measure the operating current The normal current range is 4 to 20 mA milliampere Replace the sensor if it is out of range Note Both the RHS and the OHS are polarity sensitive Verify that the polarity is correct before condemning the sensor Incorrect wiring will not damage any of the controls but they will not function if wired incorrectly ReliaTel Air Module RTAM Tests AWARNING Live Electrical Components During installation testing servicing and troubl
151. channel coils Pressurized water or air ONLY RT SVX34H EN Ss TRANE Maintenance 5 Pour the cleaning solution into the sprayer If a high pressure sprayer is used a The minimum nozzle spray angle is 15 degrees b Do not allow sprayer pressure to exceed 600 psi c Spray the solution perpendicular at 90 degrees to the coil face d For evaporator and reheat coils maintain a minimum clearance of 6 between the sprayer nozzle and the coil For microchannel condenser coils optimum clearance between the sprayer nozzle and the microchannel coil is 1 3 6 Spray the leaving airflow side of the coil first then spray the opposite side of the coil For evaporator and reheat coils allow the cleaning solution to stand on the coil for five minutes Rinse both sides of the coil with cool clean water Inspect both sides of the coil if it still appears to be dirty repeat Steps 6 and 7 9 Reinstall all ofthe components and panels removed in Step 1 then restore power to the unit 10 For evaporator and reheat coils use a fin comb to straighten any coil fins which were inadvertently bent during the cleaning process Microchannel Condenser Coil Repair and Replacement If microchannel condenser coil repair or replacement is required seek HVAC Knowledge Center information or General Service Bulletin RT SVB83 EN for further details Fall Restraint AWARNING Falling Off Equipment This unit is built with fa
152. ck Panel or ICS Unoccupied Heating When a field supplied occupied unoccupied switching device is connected between RTRM J 6 11 and J 6 12 and DWU is enabled the zone temperature will be controlled at 10 F below the Morning Warm up setpoint but not less than 50 F by cycling one or two stages of either gas or electric heat whichever is applicable 54 Moming Warm up MWU Control Morning Warm up is activated if the zone temperature is at least L5 F below the MWU setpoint whenever the system switches from Unoccupied to Occupied status The MWU setpoint may be set from the unit mounted potentiometer or a remotely mounted potentiometer The setpoint ranges are from 50 F to 90 F When the zone temperature meets or exceeds the MWU setpoint the unit will switch to the Cooling mode The economizer will be held closed during the morning warm up cycle Daytime Warm up DWU Control Daytime Warm up is applicable during occupied status and when the zone temperature is below the initiation temperature It can be activated or deactivated through ICS or a night setback zone sensor If ICS or a night setback zone sensor is not utilized DWU can be activated by setting the DWU enable DIP switch RTAM to ON and supplying a valid morning warm up setpoint The unit is shipped with a Morning Warm up setpoint configured and the Daytime Warm up function is activated switch on Opening the DWU enable switch will disable this function
153. conomizer damper position as long as the active exhaust fan setpoint has been exceeded set via RTOM through BAS or calculated SZ VAV only The actuator limits the maximum travel of the exhaust barometric damper The exhaust blade actuator is spring returned and is closed any time power is lost to the unit RTAM ReliaTel Air Handler Module Standard with Traditional VAV The RTAM receives information from the supply ductstatic pressure transducer Attached to the module are the supply air heating potentiometer supply air cooling setpoint potentiometer supply pressure setpoint potentiometer static pressure deadband potentiometer 40 Single Zone Variable Supply Air Volume with No Heat morning warm up setpoint potentiometer reset setpoint potentiometer and 5 DIP switches See Figure 35 p 40 Figure 35 RTAM module J2 J4 J5 meee me me 19 45 7 e ps ul la 5 NM 20 ae el os X A 02 sith 98 o m0000 9 OS 225 003 Eso n mi x R3 ee R27 PRESSURE STATIC PRESSURE PPY A SETPOINT 1W C DEADBAND 1 W C HEATING SETPOINT o e e o R67 REA 59 275 25 uly 75 o o O 700 a BOROSS o 50 901007 E H H RTAM Io coer as z SETPOINT R66 OUTDOOR 1 100 AA RETURN 50 90 ZONE 50 90 SYSTEM 10 y TOS oli AS 5 ly TO 8 uli BO S A zZ F a es 20 m Ey R47 R31
154. d then use Calculation 1 for determining MCA Minimum Circuit Ampacity MOP Maximum Over current Protection and RDE Recommended Dual Element fuse size for TC Cooling Only units and YC Cooling with Gas Heat units Use Calculation 2 for TE Cooling with Electric Heat units Load Definitions LOAD 1 CURRENT OF THE LARGEST MOTOR Compressor or Fan Motor e LOAD 2 SUM OF THE CURRENTS OF ALL REMAINING MOTORS e LOAD 3 FLA Full Load Amps OF THE ELECTRIC HEATER e LOAD 4 ANY OTHER LOAD RATED AT 1 AMP OR MORE e CRANKCASE HEATERS FOR HEATING MODE ONLY e 208 230 VOLT 275 35 Ton Units Add 1 Amp 40 50 Ton Units Add 2 Amps e 460 575 VOLT 275 35 Tons Units Add 1 Amp 40 50Ton Units Add 1 Amp RT SVX34H EN Ss TRANE Installation Electrical Calculation 1 TC YC 27 5 to 50 Ton Units MCA 1 25 x Load 1 Load 2 Load 4 MOP 2 25 x Load 1 Load 2 Load 4 See Note 1 RDE 15 x Load 1 Load 2 Load 4 See Note 2 Calculation 2 TE 27 5 to 50 Ton Units A Single Source Power all voltages To calculate the correct MCA Minimum Circuit Ampacity MOP Maximum Over current Protection and RDE Recommended Dual Element fuse size two 2 sets of calculations must be performed L Calculate the MCA MOP and or RDE values using the above equation as if the unitis operating in the cooling mode 2 Calculate the MCA MOP and or RDE values as if the unit is operating in the heating mode as follows
155. d TDL3 resistance check 1 IDM has failed 1 Check IDM replace if necessary 2 Check wiring terminals and F contactor Repair or replace wiring 2 Wiring terminal or contactor failure A terminals or fan contactor F 3 ZSM is defective 3 Place unit in test mode If the fan operates in the test mode test the l Indoor motor IDM will not ZSM using the appropriate test procedures operare 4 Check the RTRM fan output Locate P2 1 on the RTRM Measure 4 RTRM is defective voltage to ground If 24 VAC is not present on a call for fan replace the RTRM 5 Supply Fan Proving FFS switch has 5 Check FFS and belts repair or replace if necessary opened RT SVX34H EN 125 Ss TRANE Diagnostics Table 74 Troubleshooting SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE RECOMMENDED ACTI ON J No Heat YC s only CFM will not run IP warms up GV is energized 1 CFM has failed 1 Check CFM replace if necessary 2 CFM capacitor has failed 2 Disconnect BROWN wires from capacitor test and replace if necessary 3 Wiring or terminal failure 3 Check wiring and terminals Repair or replace if necessary 4 TNS3 and or 4 has failed 460 575 V units only 5 Modulating gas is not configured properly 4 Check for 230 VAC at TNS3 and or 4 secondary between Y1 and Y2 If 230 VAC is not present replace TNS3 and or 4 5 Check RTOM wiring and control board software ver
156. d Table 58 p 80 through Table 61 p 80 list the various O A actuator limit positions based on the air flow CFM and the return duct losses static pressure for Downflow and Horizontal units The actuator stroke limit can be adjusted between 33 and 100 of full stroke To adjust the O A damper for the correct pressure drop 1 2 Measure the return duct static pressure Enter the calculated CFM from the previous section Verifying Proper Air Flow CFM CV or VFD s p 68 to obtain the return air damper pressure drop Add the measured return duct static pressure and the return air damper pressure drop together to obtain the Total Return Static Pressure Apply this calculation and the calculated CFM to the appropriate Table 58 p 80 through Table 61 p 80 To set the actuator stroke limit a Loosen the screw that secures the angle of rotation limiter on the actuator adjacent to the damper drive shaft clamp b Move the limiter to the desired open position and making sure the limiter teeth are engaged retighten the screw See Figure 58 p 79 After setting the end stop the actuator needs to be cycled through its auto adapt feature to re scale the control range With 24 VAC power applied to the actuator turn the control signal reversing switch forward and back again two times Within a few seconds the actuator will cycle itself to the new limiter position and then back to zero This process may take up to 5
157. d increases until the SA Pressure reaches the Setpoint on VAV Setpoint panel If the fan does notstart check for Fault Conditions on the VFD Keypad 3 If no Fault Conditions exist and the fan started but did not ramp up to speed verify the speed reference voltage output from the RTAM between terminals J 4 land J 4 2 4 Ifno Fault Conditions exist and the fan did not start verify that the Fan relay is energized and the VFD Start Command is properly wired from the Fan relay 24 volts on the Logic Input 2 LI2 terminal Verify that the jumper between 24V and the LI1 terminal is properly connected 5 Verify that 115 Vac is present from the transformer on the VFD assembly panel Notes e Begin troubleshooting by checking for any diagnostics See System Status Diagnostics e Always verify the unit is operating in the proper MODE when troubleshooting ReliaTel Air Module RTOM Tests Test 1 Testing the Variable Frequency Drive VFD Output L Using the Test Modes procedure for SZ VAV applications in the Startup section step the unit to the fourth test Step 4 Verify that 10 Vdc is present between terminals J 11 2 and J 11 1 2 If the voltage to the VFD is not present verify that the wires are properly connected between the RTRM or COMM Communications Module and the RTOM 3 If Step 2 checks out and the voltage is still not present at the VFD output replace t
158. d with the forward direction If high resistance in both directions LED is open If low in both directions LED is shorted Method 3 To test LED s with ZSM connected to the unit test voltages at LED terminals on ZSM A measurement of 32 Vdc across an unlit LED means the LED has failed Note Measurements should be made from LED common ZSM terminal 6 to respective LED terminal Refer to the Zone Sensor Module ZSM Terminal Identification table at the beginning of this section Programmable amp Digital Zone Sensor Test Testing serial communication voltage L Verify 24 VAC is present between terminals RTRM J 6 14 and RTRM J 6 11 RT SVX34H EN 2 Disconnect wires from RTRM J 6 11 and RTRM J 6 12 Measure the voltage between RTRM J 6 11 and RTRM J 6 12 it should be approximately 32 Vdc 3 Reconnect wires to terminals RTRM J 6 11 and RTRM J 6 12 Measure voltage again between RTRM J 6 11 and RTRM J 6 12 voltage should flash high and low every 0 5 seconds The voltage on the low end will measure about 19 Vdc while the voltage on the high end will measure from approximately 24 to 38 Vdc 4 Verify all modes of operation by running the unit through all of the steps in Test Modes p 63 5 After verifying proper unit operation exit the test mode Turn the fan on continuously at the ZSM by pressing the button with the fan symbol If the fan comes on and runs continuously the ZSM is good If you are not able to t
159. de is set at the zone sensor or by ICS During this status no heating ventilation or mechanical cooling is being performed When switching the System selector to the Off mode from any other mode any diagnostic data and diagnostic indication signal will be retained as long as the system remains in the Off status Switching the System selector from the Off mode back to any other mode of operation will reset all diagnostics Zone Temperature Unoccupied Cooling CV or SZ VAV Only While a building is in an unoccupied period as designated by a remote panel with night setback ICS or RTRM J 6 11 and J 6 12 the necessary cooling capacity will be controlled to maintain the zone temperature to within the unoccupied setpoint deadband If an economizer is enabled it will modulate in an attempt to maintain the zone temperature to within the setpoint deadband Note On SZ VAV units the Supply Air Fan Speed will be controlled as during normal occupied conditions in order to meet the requirements of the zone Unoccupied mode does not require full airflow on a SZ VAV unit during Cooling operation Zone Temperature Unoccupied Heating While a building is in an unoccupied period as designated by a remote panel with night setback or ICS the necessary heating capacity will be controlled to maintain the zone temperature to within the unoccupied setpoint deadband 55 For traditional VAV systems the VFD will operat
160. e Output at RTRM J 6 8 to J 6 6 COOL LED Blinks at ZSM TCO1 TCO2 TCO3 High Temp Heat goes off IDM runs Normally Closed Heat Failure Output at RTRM J 6 7 toJ6 6 HEAT Limit continuously Open 135 F LED Blinks at ZSM Reset 105 F Compressor CPR1 will not Open 25 PSIG Possible Cool Failure at RTRM J 1 8 to Ground O LPC1 Low Pressure Control operate Close 41 PSIG VAC COOL LED Blinks at ZSM LPC2 Low Pressure Control Compressor CPR2 will not Open 25 PSIG Possible Cool Failure at RTRM J 3 2 to Ground O Dual Circuits Only operate Close 41 PSIG VAC COOL LED blinks at ZSM CCB1 Compressor CPR1 will not Normally Closed Cool Failure Output at RTRM J 6 8 to J 6 6 COOL operate range varies by unit LED blinks at ZSM CCB2 or CCB3 Compressor CPR2 or CPR3 will Normally Closed Cool Failure Output at RTRM J 6 8 to J 6 6 COOL Compressor Overload not operate range varies by unit LED blinks at ZSM a Compressor CPR1 will not Open 650 psig Cool Failure Output at RTRM J 6 8 to J 6 6 COOL HPC1 High Pressure Control operate Close 550 psig LED blinks at ZSM Compressor CPR2 or CPR3 will Open 650 psig Cool Failure Output at RTRM J 6 8 to J 6 6 COOL HPC2 High Pressure Control not operate Close 550 psig LED blinks at ZSM WTL1 Winding Compressor CPR1 will not Normallv Closed Cool Failure Output at RTRM J 6 8 to J6 6 COOL Temperature Limit operate y
161. e at 100 during this mode It will be necessary to drive VAV boxes to their maximum position through ICS programming or the factory provided VHR relay For SZ VAV systems the Supply Air Fan VFD will remain in control as during normal occupied periods and will be controlled in order to meet the space requirements The minimum fan speed will be based on the configured unit heating type For Modulating Heat units Full Airflow is not required for SZ VAV applications during Unoccupied periods For all Staged Heating types the Supply Fan will be controlled at maximum fan speed during active heating operation as during Occupied periods Mechanical Cooling with an Economizer The economizer is utilized to control the zone temperature when the outside air conditions are suitable The method used to determine economizer effectiveness depending on the available data is described below in descending order of complexity The most sophisticated method available is always used Table 29 Economizer effectiveness Method used to determine economizer effectiveness Required Comparative Enthalpy OAT OAH RAT RAH Reference Enthalpy OAT OAH Reference Dry Bulb OAT Unable to determine OAT data is invalid or effectiveness unavailable Two of the three methods for determining the suitability of the outside air can be selected utilizing the potentiometer on the Economizer Actuator as described below 1 Ambient Temperature contr
162. eck to make sure the float position is not in a tripped condition and verify an open between wires connecting to RTOM J 6 1 J 6 2 Traq CFM Setpoint and airflow sensor 1 In the event a required Traq control input is out of range the Traq Minimum Position Request will be disabled and a static value of 10 will be utilized for minimum position at all times 2 If BAS is in remote control and sending a valid OA Minimum Position Setpointthat setpoint will be used for OA Minimum Position however a diagnostic indication will continue to be set via the BAS and the 2 blink code will be initiated on the RTRM to indicate a problem 0 to 20000CFM A diagnostic will be set via BAS communication and the 2 blink code will be initiated on the RTRM to indicate a problem Traq w DCV loss of CO2 sensor or CO2 setpoint s In the event of the loss of a required control parameter for DCV when paired with Traq control the system will revert to using on the Design Minimum OA CFM Setpoint and continue Traq control functionality without DCV 0 to 2500 The proper failure code will be set on the RTEM and an indication of the failure will be set via the BAS Communication packet Traq RTVM Communications Failure In the event of the loss communications with the RTVM in a system previously configured for Traq control a static OA Minimum Position value of 10 will be utilized at all times N A A diagnostic wil
163. economizer position When Compressor 1 is energized with either C1 C2 or with both for 30 minutes continuously C3 will be required to de energize for 30 seconds PW N Table 39 Test mode states for CV units with modulating dehumidification and staged heat TEST COMP COMP COMP HEAT HEAT COOL REHEAT STEP MODE FAN ECON 1 2 3 1 2 PUMPOUT 2 VALVE VALVE VAV BOX 1 FAN ON ON MIN OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 100 0 ON 2 ECONOMI ZER ON OPEN OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 100 0 ON 3 COOL 1 ON MIN ON OFF OFF OFF OFF IN CONTROL 100 0 ON 4 COOL 21 ON MIN ON ON OFF OFF OFF IN CONTROL 100 0 ON 5 COOL 3 ON MIN ON ON ON OFF OFF IN CONTROL 100 0 ON 6 REHEAT ON MIN ON ON ON OFF OFF IN CONTROL 50 50 ON 7 HEAT 1 ON MIN OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF 100 0 ON 8 HEAT 2 ON MIN OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF 100 0 ON 9 RESET Notes 2 3 Stage Standard Efficiency Units 1 For 27 5 35T units both compressors will be energized during the Cool 2 Step For 40 50T units only Compressor 2 will be energized during the Cool 2 Step 2 The Reheat Pumpout relay will be energized any time the Reheat circuit is energized in active Cooling Mode 3 For units with Statitrac installed the Exhaust Damper will track the Economizer position during Service Test Mode and the Exhaust Fan will be energized once the Economizer rises above the Exhaust Enable Setpoint 4 Heating will not be energized during Service Test
164. ensing Tu Air Discharge Static Pressure L Sensing Location Tubing Connector in vertical Support Reference DUCT PRESSURE CONTROL COMPONENT LAYOUT Supply Air Duct Static Transducer Atmospheric Reference Tubing Connects X z F Here L O __ J Figure 17 Transducer assembly Statitrac Tube from Low Side ot Velocity How Ring Static Reference Tubing Connects Here O A Sensor Space Pressure Sensing Tube f f Tube trom High Connects Here i Side ot Velocity Flow Ring Space Pressure Calibration Solenoid Transducer Solenowd Airflow Transducer Sensing Tube to Traq HI Side Pressure Port Sensing Tube to Traq LO Side Pressure Port Note Statitrac and Traq transducer assembly shown 24 RT SVX34H EN Installation Electrical Disconnect Switch Extemal Handle Factory Mounted Option Units ordered with the factory mounted disconnect switch come equipped with an externally mounted handle This allows the operator to disconnect power from the unit without having to open the control panel door The handle location and its three positions are shown below ON Indicates that the disconnect switch is closed allowing the main power supply to be applied at the unit OFF Indicates that the disconnect switch is open interrupting the main power supply at the unit OPEN COVER RESET Turning the handle to this position releases
165. erant be charged into the liquid line prior to starting the compressor This will minimize the potential damage to the compressor due to refrigerantin the compressor at startup Important Do not charge liquid refrigerant into the suction line with the compressor off This increases both the probability that the compressor will start with refrigerant in the compressor oil sump and the potential for compressor damage e If suction line charging is needed to complete the charging process only do so with the compressor operating e Allow the crankcase heater to operate a minimum of 8 hours before starting the unit Charge Storage Due to the reduced capacity of the microchannel condenser coil compared to the round tube plate fin evaporator coil pumping refrigerant into the condenser coil to service the refrigerant system is no longer an option Compressor Oil If a motor burn out is suspected use an acid test kit to check the condition of the oil Test results will indicate an acid level has exceeded the limit if a burn out occurred Oil RT SVX34H EN test kits must be used for POE oil OILO0079 for a quart container or OILO0080 for a gallon container to determine whether the oil is acid If a motor burn out has occurred change the oil in both compressors in atandem set This will require that the oil equalizer tube be removed to suck the oil out of the oil sump A catch pan must be used to catch the oil when the compresso
166. erates continuously RT SVX34H EN S TRANE Economizer Operation Based on Dry Bulb Standard economizer dry bulb change over has five field selectable temperatures 55 63 67 70 73 F Refer to Table 30 p 56 for the proper potentiometer setting for each temperature selection The economizer option allows cooling utilizing outdoor air when the temperature is below the specified dry bulb setpoint 73 2 F factory setting The air is drawn into the unit through modulating dampers The ECA modulates the economizer dampers from minimum position to full open based on a L5 F control point below either the space temperature setpoint for constant volume applications or 15 F around the supply air temperature setpoint for variable air volume applications If the Mixed Supply Air Sensor MAS senses that supply air temperature is too cold the dampers are held in their current position until the supply air temperature rises or begin to modulate toward the minimum position if the supply air temperature continues to drop The economizer control allows fully integrated cooling operation between the compressor s and the economizer when needed to satisfy the cooling setpoint The RTRM will not allow a compressor to operate until the economizer dampers have been fully open for at least three minutes The RTRM evaluates the rate of temperature change during this delay and will energize compressor s as needed to maintain temperatures within
167. eration the unit and the curb must be level Figure 14 Condensate trap installation Panel Enclosure Static Pressure 3 Inches Drain Pan L gt a Atmorphere 1 5 Inches l 1 l 1 Pressure Cleanout r ee Condensate Overflow Switch This switch protects building from condensate overflow damage It is factory installed and tested Figure 15 Condensate overflow switch location Condensate Overflow Switch RT SVX34H EN O A Sensor amp Tubing Installation An Outside Air Pressure Sensor is shipped with all units designed to operate on traditional variable air volume applications non SZ VAV and units with Statitrac A duct pressure transducer and the outside air sensor is used to control the discharge duct static pressure to within a customer specified controlband Refer to the illustration in Figure 16 p 24 and the following steps to install the sensor and the pneumatic tubing 1 Remove the O A pressure sensor kit located inside the fan section The kit contains the following items e an O A static pressure sensor e asensor mounting bracket e 50 of 3 16 O D pneumatic tubing e mounting hardware 2 Using two 10 32 x 1 3 4 screws provided install the sensor s mounting bracket to the factory provided bracket near the fan section 3 Using the 10 32 x 1 2 screws provided install the O
168. ere a0 T8000 Taod an Ventilation CO2 sensor value available require a new l control scheme comprised of 2 existing schemes that have 17100 17100 2 30 19000 19000 2 49 been traditionally mutually exclusive DCV and OA CFM 17200 17200 2 31 Compensation Table 28 OA flow adjustment setpoint OA Flow OA Flow Adjustment Voltage Adjustment Voltage R136 Reading R136 Reading Multiplier Multiplier Adjustment Vdc Adjustment Vdc 0 80 0 00 0 92 0 88 0 81 0 05 0 93 0 94 0 82 0 14 0 94 1 00 0 83 0 22 0 95 1 06 0 84 0 30 0 96 1 10 0 85 0 35 0 97 1 18 0 86 0 43 0 98 1 22 0 87 0 51 0 99 1 25 0 88 0 57 1 00 1 3 1 84 0 89 0 64 1 01 1 86 0 90 0 72 1 02 1 89 0 91 0 78 1 03 1 92 50 Units configured with DCV will invoke the new Demand Controlled Ventilation scheme which allows variable Bldg Design and DCV Minimum Positions and OA Damper Position Target setpoints based on the supply fan speed and space CO2 requirements This new scheme will require the setting of 5OA Damper position setpoints 3 more than on non SZ VAV These new setpoints are located on the RTVM module L Design Min Position Minimum Fan Speed Command RTVM R130 2 Design Min Position Middle Fan Speed Command RTVM R136 3 Design Min Position Full Fan Speed Command RTEM Design Min Position 4 DCV Min Position Minimum Fan Speed Command RTVM R41 5 DCV Min position Full Fa
169. ermined and corrected before starting the unit by using an instrument such as an Ideal Sperry 61 520 Phase Sequence Indicator and following the steps below 62 AWARNING Hazardous Voltage Disconnect all electric power including remote disconnects before servicing Follow proper lockout tagout procedures to ensure the power can not be inadvertently energized Failure to disconnect power before servicing could result in death or serious injury e Open the disconnect switch or circuit protector switch that provides the supply power to the unit s power terminal block or to the unit mounted disconnect switch e To be consistent with the compressor leads connect the phase sequence indicator leads to the terminal block or unit mounted disconnect switch as follows Table 36 Phase sequence leads Phase Sequence Leads Unit Power Terminal Red phase A L1 Blue phase B L2 Black Phase C L3 e Turn the System selection switch to the Off position and the Fan selection switch if Applicable to the Auto position e Close the disconnect switch or circuit protector switch that provides the supply power to the unit s power terminal block or unit mounted disconnect switch AWARNING Live Electrical Components During installation testing servicing and troubleshooting of this product it may be necessary to work with live electrical components Have a qualified licensed electrician o
170. eshooting of this product it may be necessary to work with live electrical components Have a qualified licensed electrician or other individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these tasks Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical components could result in death or serious injury Test 1 Testing the Variable Frequency Drive VFD Output L Using the procedure for VAV applications outlined in Test Modes p 63 step the unit to the first test Step RT SVX34H EN 1 Verify that 10 Vdc is present between terminals J 4 2 and J 4 1 Note If voltage is incorrect verify RTAM DIP switch settings 2 Ifvoltageto the VFD is not present verify that the wires are properly connected between the RTRM or COMM Communications Module and the RTAM If Step 2 checks out and the voltage is still not presentat the VFD output replace the RTAM Test 2 Testing the Static Pressure Transducer SPT Input L With main power to the unitturned Off disconnect all of the tubing to the Static Pressure Transducer 2 With the system MODE Off apply power to the unit and measure the voltage between J 1 4andJ 1 1 on the RTAM The voltage should be approximately 5 Vdc If not checkthe wiring between the RTRM andtheRTAM If the wiring checks good replace RTAM 3 Measure the voltage between J 1 3 and J 1 1 on the RTAM The voltage should be app
171. et based on Return Air Temperature When RTAM DIP Switch 8 is Off and Switch 4 is On a selectable supply air reset setpoint of 50 F to 90 F via a unit mounted potentiometer or Tracer is permissible 3 Reset based on Zone Temperature When RTAM DIP Switch is On and Switch is Off a selectable supply air reset setpoint of 50 F to 90 F via RTAM potentiometer or Tracer is permissible 4 Reset based on Outdoor Air Temperature When DIP Switch 8 and are On a selectable supply air reset RT SVX34H EN setpoint of 0 F to 100 F via RTAM potentiometer or Tracer is permissible VAV Supply Air Tempering Only Available with Modulating Gas Heat The gas heater will be modulated to prevent the Discharge Air Temperature from falling below the Discharge Temperature Deadband Upon satisfying the Supply Air Tempering requirements a5 minute SA Tempering Delay timer will start whenever the modulating gas heat combustion blower is commanded to 0 and must time out before the unit will be allowed to re enter Cool mode This timer will be reset to 5 minutes whenever there is an active call for Supply Air Tempering Tempering will be discontinued whenever a The 5 minutes Supply Air Tempering Delay timer has timed out and b Thereis an active cooling request for VAV Occupied Cooling Constant Volume or Variable Air Volume Applications Single Zone or Traditional Off Mode This mo
172. eter required 117 Diagnostics CV and SZ VAV Units Only 118 Diagnostics VAV only 118 Resetting Cooling and Ignition Lockouts 119 Zone Temperature Sensor ZSM Service In OICALON casal Savard ara da iaa 119 RTRM Zone Sensor Module ZSM Tests 120 Programmable Digital Zone Sensor TESE od 2 20 oe AEE es 120 ReliaTel Refrigeration Module RTRM 121 Economizer Actuator ECA RTEM Test Procedures 00 cece eee 121 ReliaTel Air Module RTAM Tests 122 ReliaTel Air Module RTOM Tests 123 Compressor Blink Codes 124 Troubleshooting 0 000 ee eee 124 RT SVX34H EN TR 200 VFD Programming Parameters 130 Unit Wiring Diagram Numbers 132 Warranty and Liability Clause 138 COMMERCIAL EQUIPMENT 20 TONS AND LARGER AND RELATED ACCESSORIES 138 RT SVX34H EN Ss TRANE Table of Contents TRANE Model Number Description 3 3 0 E L A 0 A 1 1 2 3 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 60 Desc ipti Note When second digit is E for Digit 14 Supply Air Fan Drive Hz n on Electric Heat the following values clon pen m apply in the ninth digit Digit 1 2 Unit Function A 36KW 27 kW for 208v A 550RPM H 500RPM TC DX Cooling No Heat B 54kW 41 kW for 208v B 600RPM J 525RPM TE DX Cooling Electric Heat C 72kW YC DX Cooling Natural Gas Heat D 90kW C 650RPM K 575RPM Digit 3 Unit Airflow Design E 108
173. etpoint requirements no additional capacity will be requested The calculated setpoint will also be used for active economizer control but the economizer will utilize a tighter control deadband 7 15 F than that is used for compressor output control Also as on Traditional VAV units mechanical cooling will be inhibited if economizing is enabled until the economizer has been full open for 3 minutes Variable Air Volume Applications Traditional VAV Supply Air Temperature Control Occupied Cooling and Heating The RTRM is designed to maintain a selectable supply air temperature of 40 F to 90 F with a 3 5 F deadband In cooling if supply air temperature is more than 3 5 degrees warmer than the selected temperature a stage of cooling will be turned On if available Then if the supply air temperature is more than 3 5 degrees cooler than the selected temperature a stage of cooling will be turned off At very low airflows the unit may cycle stages On and Off to maintain an average discharge air temperature outside the 7 degree deadband 53 If the unit has modulating heat the unit can be made to do discharge heating with VAV control This is done by placing a contact closure across the Changeover Input on the RTAM During this mode the unit will heat to the Supply Air Heating Setpoint H 3 5 F During low load or low airflow conditions the actual temperature swing of the discharge air will
174. factory defaults a Go to parameter 14 22 Operation Mode Press OK Select Initialization Press OK Cut off the mains supply and wait until the display turns off wa g f Reconnect the mains supply the frequency converter is now reset RT SVX34H EN Ss TRANE Diagnostics g Ensure parameter 14 22 Operation Mode has reverted back to Normal Operation Notes e Steps 4 resets the drive to the default factory settings The program parameters listed in Table 76 p 130 will need to be verified or changed as described in item 2 e Some of the parameters listed in the tables are motor specific Due to various motors and efficiencies available use only the values stamped on the specific motor nameplate Do not use the Unit nameplate values e A backup copy of the current setup may be saved to the LCP before changing parameters or resetting the drive See LCP Copy in the VFD Operating Instructions for details 5 After verifying that the VFD s are operating properly put the unit into normal operation RT SVX34H EN 131 TRANE Unit Wiring Diagram Numbers Table 77 Wiring diagrams TC TE units standard efficiency Diagram Type of Airflow Schematic Type Voltage Number Description Power 208 575 2313 1261 All Units Standard Efficiency 208 575 2313 1279 All Units Cooling Only Standard Efficiency Heat Power and 208 230 2313 1276 36kw and 54kw Electric Heat
175. formance characteristics Available power adjustments 1 The power exhaust fan s comes on based on the position of the of the exhaust fan setpoint potentiometer on the RTOM Reliatel Options Module The setpoint is factory set at 25 The exhaust fan s will come on anytime the economizer damper position is equal to or greater than the active exhaust fan setpoint 2 Physical damper blade stops limit the amount of exhaust airflow by limiting the maximum opening of the damper blades These stops sliding brackets secured with wing nuts are present under the rain hood on the non modulating power exhaust option There is one stop on each side of each damper The practical range of blade position control is between 15 and 4 0 blade opening The damper is wide open at 4 0 The stops on each side of a damper must bein the same position such that the damper blade connecting member contacts the stops at the same time 3 The modulating power exhaust actuator tracks the position of the economizer damper actuator such that the power exhaust dampers proportionally follow or track the fresh air damper position 4 When the Statitrac option is selected the exhaust actuator will operate independently of the economizer in order to relieve positive building pressure If aSpace Pressure Transducer failure occurs the unit will revert back to fresh air tracking control 5 The proportional offset between the dampers is adjustable The adjustme
176. g VAV Cooling DWU or Kure DWU Active ee Cooling 2 3 4 DWU Off ae 1 VAV Cooling or VAV Cooling Heating eating Off off off Notes 1 If Cooling is selected the supply fan will run continuously If VAV Heating is activated the supply fan will run continuously 2 If Daytime Warmup is Activated the supply fan will run continuously 3 Auto changeover between Cooling and Daytime Warmup depends upon the DWU initiate setpoint 4 The fan will be Off any time the system selection switch is Off The following Variable Air Volume controls are available from the factory for field installation Remote Zone Sensor BAYSENSO16 This bullet type temperature sensor can be used for outside air ambient sensing return air temperature sensing supply air temperature sensing remote temperature sensing uncovered and for VAV zone reset Wiring procedures vary according to the particular application and equipment involved Refer to the unit wiring diagrams engineering bulletins and or any specific instructions for connections See Table 10 for the Temp vs Resistance coefficient Remote Panel W O NSB BAYSENSO21 This electronic sensor features two system switch settings Auto and Off four system status LED s with single setpoint capability It can be used with a remote zone temperature sensor BAYSENSO77 RT SVX34H EN S TRANE Installation Electrical Figure 27 Remote panel W O NSB BAYSENS021 lt T CUT R
177. ghts Figure 10 Fresh air and power exhaust dimensions for TC TE and YC units SIDE VIEW SHOWING FRESH AIR AND POWER EXHAUST HOODS FOR DOWNFLOW CONFIGURATION Fresh Air Hood IL Fan Power Exhaust Wi Hood End of Unit I NOTE 2 7 16 B 32 1 16 Emi 37 3 4 Exhoust Hoods and the three Horizontal Fresh Air Hoods are located side by side The Fresh Air Hoods not shown only extend 23 15 16 from the end of the unit SIDE VIEW SHOWING POWER EXHAUST HOODS FOR HORIZONTAL CONFIGURATION Power Exhaust Hoods The Two Horizontal Power Figure 1L Location of Ship With items for TC TE and YC units RT SVX34H EN Filter Access Heater Access Supply Fan Shipwith Items are Located in the Supply Fan Section M Control Panel Compressor Access 32 1 16 End of YA Unit 19 E TRANE Unit Dimensions and Weights Unit Rigging and Placement AWARNING Heavy Objects Ensure that all the lifting equipment used is properly rated for the weight of the unit being lifted Each of the cables chains or slings hooks and shackles used to lift the unit must be capable of supporting the entire weight of the unit Lifting cables chains or slings may not be of the same length Adjust as necessary for even unit lift Other lifting arrangements co
178. he RTOM Test 2 Testing the VFD L Verify thatthe keypad in control box is powered If not check the power wires to the VFD and the Keypad cable 2 Using the Step Test Mode procedure described in the Startup section step the unit to the fourth test Step 4 Verify that the fan starts and the speed increases If the fan does not start check for Fault Conditions on the VFD Keypad 3 Ifno Fault Conditions exist and the fan started but did not ramp up to speed verify the speed reference voltage output from the RTOM between terminals J 11 1 and J 11 2 123 Ss TRANE Diagnostics 4 Ifno Fault Conditions exist and the fan did not start verify that the Fan relay is energized and the VFD Start Command is properly wired from the Fan relay 24 volts on the Logic Input 2 LI2 terminal Verify that the jumper between 24V and the LI1 terminal is properly connected 5 Verify that 115 Vac is present from the transformer on the VFD assembly panel Notes e Begin troubleshooting by checking for any diagnostics See System Status Diagnostics e Always verify the unit is operating in the proper MODE when troubleshooting Compressor Blink Codes The CSHN large commercial compressors come equipped with a compressor protection device capable of detecting phase reversal phase loss and phase unbalance The compressor protection device uses a Table 74 Troubleshooting G
179. ic no call for heat e Slow flash rate Yasecond on Yasecond off normal call for heat Error Code Flashes e One flash Communication loss between RTRM and IGN Two flashes System lockout failed to detect or sustain flame 3 tries lockout after 3 try 104 e Three flashes Not used e Four flashes High limit switch TCO1 TCO2 or TCO3 open auto reset e Five flashes Flame sensed and gas valve not energized or flame sensed and no call for heat auto reset The pause between groups of flashes is approximately two seconds High Temperature Limit Operation and Location All of the heater limit controls are automatic reset The high limit cutouts TCO1 and or TCO3 protect against abnormally high supply air temperature The fan failure limit TCO2 protects against abnormally high heat build up due to excessive high limit TCO1 TCO3 cycling if the indoor fan motor IDM fails If TCO1 TCO2 or TCO3 open during a heating call the heat will shut down and the supply fan will be forced to run The heat will automatically restart should the TCO circuit re close during an active heating call While the TCO circuit is open a heat fail diagnostic will be sent from the IGN to the RTRM The TCO1 and TCO3 is located in the bottom right corner of the burner assemblies on both downflow and horizontal units TCO2 is located on the IDM partition panel below and to the right of the blower housing on downflow units O
180. igit 380V 415V A 23kW 27kw B 34kW 40 kw C 45kW 54kw D 56kW 67 kW E 68kW 81kw Digit 10 Design Sequence A First Digit 11 Exhaust O None 1 Barometric Relief Available w Economizer only 2 100 Power Exhaust Fan Available w Economizer only 3 50 Power Exhaust Fan Available w Economizer only 4 100 Fresh Air Tracking Power Exhaust Fan Available w Economizer only 5 50 Fresh Air Tracking Power Exhaust Fan Available w Economizer only 6 100 Power Exhaust w Statitrac 10 Exhaust Damper Available w Economizer only 8 50 Fresh Air Tracking Power Exhaust Fan w Ultra Low Leak Exhaust Damper Available w Economizer only 9 100 Power Exhaust w Ultra Low Leak Exhaust Damper w Statitrac Digit 12 Filter A 2 51MM MERV 4 Std Eff Throwaway Filters B 2 51 MM MERV 8 High Eff Throwaway Filters C 4 102 MM MERV 8 High Eff Throwaway Filters D 4 102 MM MERV 14 High Eff Throwaway Filters Digit 13 Supply Fan Motor HP 1 75Hp 5 6 kW 2 10Hp 75kW 3 15Hp 10 kW 4 20Hp 15 kW Digit 14 Supply Air Fan Drive Selections 417 RPM 437RPM 479 RPM 521 RPM 562RPM 604RPM A 458 RPM 500RPM 541 RPM 583 RPM 625RPM 658 RPM 664RPM Digit 15 Fresh Air Selection A No Fresh Air 0 25 Manual Damper 0 100 Economizer Dry Bulb Control 0 100 Economizer Reference Enthalpy Contr
181. ill be staged off initially and then if the EET remains below 3529F for an additional 10 minutes the second circuit will be staged off When the unit is operating in dehumidification mode only the reheat circuit will be re enabled if the EET rises above 45 F The cooling circuit will not be re enabled during dehumidification until the unit leaves the current dehumidification cycle or a dehumidification purge is initiated If the unit is operating in Cooling the first circuit that de energized will be re enabled when the EET rises above 45 The second compressor will be allowed to re energize at 10 minutes after the EET rises above 45 F or if a purge cycle is initiated Drain Pan Condensate Overflow Switch Optional This input incorporates the Condensate Overflow Switch COF mounted on the drain pan and the ReliaTel Options Module RTOM When the condensate level reaches the trip point for 6 continuous seconds the RTOM will shut down all unit function until the overflow condition has cleared The unit will return to normal operation after 6 continuous seconds with the COF in a non tripped condition If the condensate level causes the unit to shutdown more than 2 times in a 3 day period the unit will be locked out of operation A manual reset of the diagnostic system through the Zone Sensor or Building Automation System BAS will be required Cycling unit power will also clear the fault VFD Programming Parameters See System Tr
182. ilure to disconnect power and discharge capacitors before servicing could result in death or serious injury For additional information regarding the safe discharge of capacitors see PROD SVBO6A EN parameters for model TR 200 Para Descrip Menu meter tion Setting Description Motor Set Based Set only for applications 1 21 Power on Motor using 3hp Hi Efficiency Nameplate motors Set to 2 2 kW 3 hp Motor Set Based Set only for 200 230v 60hz 1 22 on Motor amp 380 415 50hz Voltage nee Load amp Nameplate applications Motor Set Based Motor 1 24 on Motor Sets the motor FLA Current Nameplate Motor Set Based 1 25 on Motor Sets the motor RPM RPM Nameplate Limits 100 pa 3 and 4 18 Current Rated Limits the maximum Limit current to motor Warnings Current Units shipped with an optional variable frequency drive VFD are preset and run tested at the factory If a problem with a VFD occurs ensure that the programmed parameters listed in Table 76 have been set before replacing the drive Note Model TR 200 Checkto make sure that parameter 1 23 is set to 60 Hz To check parameter 1 23 press the Main Menu button press Back button if the main menu does not display use the Y button to scroll down to Load amp Motor press OK use the V button to select 1 2 press OK and finally use the Y button until parameter 1 23 is displayed Parameter 1 23 can then be modified by pressing
183. in Min OA DCV Min Flow OA Flow Flow OA Flow Flow OA Flow Flow OA Flow Setpoint Setpoint Voltage Setpoint Setpoint Voltage Setpoint Setpoint Voltage Setpoint Setpoint Voltage R130 R41 Reading R130 R41 Reading R130 R41 Reading R130 R41 Reading Airflow Airflow Voltage Airflow Airflow Voltage Airflow Airflow Voltage Airflow Airflow Voltage CFM CFM Vdc CFM CFM Vdc CFM CFM Vdc CFM CFM Vdc 8000 8000 1 34 11700 11700 1 78 1000 1000 0 20 4500 4500 0 90 8100 8100 1 36 11800 11800 1 79 1100 1100 0 22 4600 4600 0 92 8200 8200 1 38 11900 11900 1 80 1200 1200 0 24 4700 4700 0 94 8300 8300 1 39 12000 12000 1 81 1300 1300 0 26 4800 4800 0 96 8400 8400 1 40 12100 12100 1 82 1400 1400 0 28 4900 4900 0 98 8500 8500 1 41 12200 12200 1 83 1500 1500 0 30 5000 5000 1 00 8600 8600 1 42 12300 12300 1 84 1600 1600 0 32 5100 5100 1 01 8700 8700 1 43 12400 12400 1 85 1700 1700 0 34 5200 5200 1 02 8800 8800 1 44 12500 12500 1 86 1800 1800 0 36 5300 5300 1 03 8900 8900 1 45 12600 12600 1 87 1900 1900 0 38 5400 5400 1 04 9000 9000 1 46 12700 12700 1 88 2000 2000 0 40 5500 5500 1 05 9100 9100 1 47 12800 12800 1 89 2100 2100 0 42 5600 5600 1 06 9200 9200 1 48 12900 12900 1 89 2200 2200 0 44 5700 5700 1 07 9300 9300 1 50 13000 13000 1 89 2300 2300 0 46 5800 5800 1 08 9400 9400 1 52 13100 13100 1 90 2400 2400 0 48 5900 5900 1 09 9500 9500 1 53 13200 13200 1 91 2500 2500 0 50 6000 6000 1 10 9600 9600 1 54 13300 13300 1
184. ing Example 1 Remote Sensor 1 Remote Sensor 2 IVY VW VVVVE _q Remote Sensor 3 Remote Sensor 4 IV VVVVE _4 E To RTRM J6 1 and J6 2 Example 2 or to ZSM terminals 1 and 2 or NSB panel terminals Remote Sensor 1 Remote Sensor 2 Remote Sensor 3 S1 and 52 Shield to terminal 11 IV VIV VVVVe WWVVVe Remote Sensor 4 Remote Sensor 5 Remote Sensor 6 IV IVVVVP VVVVe Remote Sensor 7 Remote Sensor 8 Remote Sensor 9 WVVVVE VVVVe VVVVe Table 16 Temperature vs resistance temperature vs resistance coefficient is negative Degrees Nominal Degrees Nominal F Resistance F Resistance 20 170 1 K Ohms 50 19 96 K Ohms 15 143 5 K Ohms 55 17 47 K Ohms 10 121 4 K Ohms 60 15 33 K Ohms 5 103 0 K Ohms 65 13 49 K Ohms 0 87 56 K Ohms 70 11 89 K Ohms 5 74 65 K Ohms 75 10 50 K Ohms 10 63 80 K Ohms 80 9 297 K Ohms 15 54 66 K Ohms 85 8 247 K Ohms 20 46 94 K Ohms 90 7 330 K Ohms 25 40 40 K Ohms 95 6 528 K Ohms 30 34 85 K Ohms 100 5 824 K Ohms 35 30 18 K Ohms 40 26 22 K Ohms 45 22 85 K Ohms RT SVX34H EN 37 TRANE Installation Piping General Requirements All internal gas piping for YC rooftop units are factory installed and leak tested Once the unit is set into place a gas supply line must be field installed and connected to the gas train located inside the gas heat compartment AAWARNING Hazardous Gases and Flamm
185. input signal and the unit refer to Table 14 p 31 for conductor sizing guidelines and e Use standard copper conductor thermostat wire unless otherwise specified e Ensurethatthe wiring between the controls and the unit s termination point does not exceed two anda half 2 1 2 ohms conductor for the length of the run Note Resistance in excess of 21 2 ohms per conductor can cause deviations in the accuracy of the controls e Refer to dimensional drawings beginning with Figure 1 p 14 for the electrical access locations provided on the unit e Do not run the electrical wires transporting DC signals in or around conduit housing high voltage wires Table 14 DC conductors Distance from unit to control Recommended wire size 000 150 feet 22 gauge 151 240 feet 20 gauge 241 385 feet 18 gauge 386 610 feet 16 gauge 611 970 feet 14 gauge Units equipped with the Trane Communication Interface TCI option which utilizes a serial communication link e Mustbe 18 AWG shielded twisted pair cable Belden 8760 or equivalent e Must not exceed 5 000 feet maximum for each link RT SVX34H EN 31 Ss TRANE Installation Electrical Figure 20 Typical field wiring requirements for CV and SZ VAV control options NOTE RTRM J7 X2 and J7 T NOT USED ON NIT NTR x 272 50 TON UNITS E co OL BO RTRM J7 Thermostat Inputs N A for SZ VAV R Y1 W1 G W2 Y2 X2 T COM o o 0o 0 0 0 0 o_O
186. ion 104 Constant Volume CV o 104 Variable Air Volume VAV 105 Variable Air Volume Applications Single Zone VAV Sequence of Operation 105 Occupied Cooling Operation 105 Occupied Heating Operation 106 Unoccupied Cooling and Heating Operation 106 Dehumidification Operation 106 Failure and Overriding Conditions 107 Low Pressure Control LPC Sequence of Op eration ReliaTel Control 108 High Pressure Control and Temperature Dis charge Limit ReliaTel Control 108 Maintenance 0 cece eee eee ee 109 Fan Belt Adjustment 109 Monthly Maintenance 111 FIETS isai raina eid ga eRe eee ae ao 111 Condensate Overflow Switch 111 Cooling Season eee eee 111 Heating Season cece ees 112 Coil Cleaning 0 0 00 5 113 Fall Restraint 0 00005 113 Refrigeration System 0 114 Refrigerant Evacuation and Charging 114 Charge Storage 0 00 5 114 Compressor Oil o ooo 114 Compressor Replacements 115 Electrical Phasing o o o 115 Precision Suction Restrictor 115 DISQNOSIES oc cccccins dua aobicuenmnnens 117 System Status Diagnostics 117 Terminal locations 117 System Status Diagnostics checkout proce dure DC volt m
187. ion operation as on a non Single Zone VAV unit At this point the unit will perform normal sensible cooling or heating control until the respective setpoint is satisfied After startup the unit will monitor the unit conditions to determine when to enter and leave dehumidification mode As long as the unitis not actively heating or actively cooling with more than half the unit design mechanical cooling capacity for Standard Efficient units and have acall for stage 3 or below for High Efficient units 5 stage units dehumidification mode will be allowed also the unit has not been disabled due to the override limits described below When dehumidification mode is entered the unit will 1 Energize the Supply Fan if not already ON and ramp the Fan Speed output up to 80 airflow 2 Stage up all compressors with 2 seconds between stages 3 Command the OA damper to minimum position RT SVX34H EN 4 5 The Supply Air Reheat setpoint R130 located on the RTOM will become the maximum discharge air control setpoint The reheat and cooling valves will be modulated to meet the calculated discharge air setpoint Leaving Dehumidification On a call to leave dehumidification mode the unit will perform the following 1 Mechanical cooling will stage back to 50 Cool 1 of the available capacity then will be released to normal Single Zone VAV control to meet the space demand The economizer will be released to normal control
188. isting below If more than one diagnostic is present refer to combination diagnostics such as COOL HEAT as appropriate On a BAYSENS119 the display will show HEAT FAIL or COOL FAIL or SERVICE or an appropriate combination if a diagnostic is present If the unit is using a conventional thermostat diagnostics are still available by using a DC voltmeter as described above HEAT YC only L TCO1 TCO2 or TCO3 has opened 2 IGN Module lockout See gas heat section for troubleshooting 3 Supply Air Temperature has Failed SZ VAV Only with Modulating Heat COOL L Zone temp input RTRM J 6 1 is open shorted or has failed after the RTRM sensed a valid input See note Note Since CV units may use a conventional thermostat the RTRM will notsendadiagnosticifazonesensor is not attached when power is applied to the unit Also the RTRM ignores a zone sensor if it is attached to a powered up unit after a brief time out Therefore always reset power after installing 118 amechanical ZSM to terminals RTRM J 6 1through J 6 5 Note All units configured for SZ VAV will blink the Cool indicator if there is a Zone Temp input failure because a valid Zone Temperature reading is required for all SZ VAV operation 2 Cooling and heating setpoint inputs are both open shorted or failed but the unit has a valid zone temp input 3 Programmable ZSM BAYSENS119 has failed to communicate after successful communication has
189. it mounted disconnect switch to shut the unit off and to reset the RTRM Before closing the disconnect switch ensure that the compressor discharge service valve s suction service valve s and liquid line service valve s are backseated Damper Opening In Return Air Static Pressure Inches w c Damper 1 Damper 2 0 20 0 40 0 60 0 80 1 00 1 20 1 40 1 60 2 0 430 590 725 840 950 1040 1120 740 4 0 780 1080 1330 1545 1730 1890 2035 2170 6 0 1185 1620 1990 2300 2575 2815 3030 3240 8 0 1530 2110 2600 3025 3390 3705 3985 4240 10 0 1930 2655 3270 3800 4250 4650 5005 5345 10 2 2295 3165 3910 4545 5095 5575 6010 6415 10 4 2660 3650 4510 5255 5905 6480 6995 7470 10 6 3010 4150 5130 5965 6690 7330 7900 8440 10 8 3345 4600 5680 6610 7410 8120 8765 9365 10 10 3690 5125 6350 7395 8295 9075 9775 10420 RT SVX34H EN 81 Starting the Compressor Optional service valves must be fully opened before startup suction discharge liquid line and oil line Note Service valves are standard on high efficiency units Compressors Failure Unit must be powered and crankcase heaters energized at least 8 hours BEFORE compressors are started This will protect the compressors from premature failure Starting 27 5 to 35 Ton Standard Efficiency Units Install a set of service gauges onto the suction and discharge service ports To startthe compressortest cl
190. ity economizer and or compressors in order to meet the discharge air requirements Once the zone has been satisfied the supply fan will be controlled OFF When the Fan Selection Switch is in the ON position the supply fan will run continuously If airflow through the unit is not proven by the differential pressure switch factory setpoint 0 15 w c within 40 seconds nominally the RTRM will shut off all mechanical operations lock the system out send a diagnostic to ICS and the SERVICE LED output will pulse The system will remain locked out until a reset is initiated either manually or through ICS or a mode transition from OFF to anon OFF mode Supply Air Tempering CV and SZ VAV CV Units with Staged Heat This function allows the supply air temperature to be maintained within a low limit parameter during minimum ventilation periods For CV units configured with a Staged Heat design Electric or Gas and Supply Air Tempering operation enabled if the following items are true the unit will enter Supply Air Tempering mode PR The supply fan is ON The unit is in Occupied mode Zone Temp is less than the active Cooling setpoint The unit is in Heat mode but is not actively heating OR The unit is in AUTO COOL mode but not actively cooling and cooling capacity has been OFF for 5 minutes uP WN Once the above conditions are met if the supply air temperature drops to 10 F BELOW the Occupied Heating Zone Temperatu
191. ization of the space when the unit is operating in the economizer mode The purpose of adjusting the amount of O A damper travel is to maintain a balance or equal pressure between the Tracking Damper O A dampers and the pressure drop of the return air Minimum system For models with standard or low leak Adjustment economizers the O A and R A damper linkage is attached Linkage to a plate with a series of holes that allows the installer or operator to modify the O A damper travel to compensate for various RA duct losses Figure 57 p 77 illustrates the damper assembly and Table 54 p 78 through Table 57 p 78 list the various damper positions based on the air flow CFM and the return duct losses static pressure for Figure 55 Upflow Standard exhaust maximum Downflow and Horizontal units damper position To adjust the O A damper for the correct pressure drop L Measure the return duct static pressure 2 Enter the calculated CFM from the previous section Verifying Proper Airflow Table 44 p 71 to obtain the return air damper pressure drop 3 Add the measured return duct static pressure and the return air damper pressure drop together to obtain the Total Return Static Pressure Apply this calculation and the calculated CFM to the appropriate Table 54 p 78 through Table 57 p 78 4 Setthe drive rod swivel to the appropriate hole according to Table 54 p 78 through Table 57 p 78 The units are shipped using hole
192. kw D 700RPM L 625RPM D Downflow Supply and Return Digit 10 Design Sequence po is JOO REM Me BEA H Horizontal Supply and Return A First F 790 RPM N 725 RPM F de ec Supply and Upflow Digit 11 Exhaust G 800RPM R Downflow Supply and Horizontal 0 None Digit 15 Fresh Air Selection Return 1 Barometric Relief Available A No Fresh Alf na z E i Digit 4 5 6 Nominal Cooling 2 E rd n F B 0 25 Manual Damper i delia denied C 0 100 Economizer Dry Bulb Capacity Available w Economizer only Control 330 27 2Tons 3 50 Power Exhaust Fan L an 360 30 Tons available w Economizeroniy D Oo ens conto 420 35 Tons 4 100 Fresh Air Tracking Power E 0 100 Economizer a dl Exhaust Fan Aval able Differential Enthalpy Control 600 Bons w Economizer only F C Option and Low Leak PRT 5 50 Fresh Air Tracking Power pt Digit 7 Major Development h ilabl Fresh Air Damper Pxhaust Fan val able G D Option and Low Leak Sequence w Economizer only a Ri manner B R 410A Refrigerant 6 100 Power Exhaust w H E Option eu iaa ee Statitrac A 1 Digit 8 Power Supply 7 100 Fresh Air Tracking Power _ eae eatin towit sk E 208 60 33 Exhaust Fan w Ultra Low Leak J Out ide A a rs F 230 60 3 Exhaust Damper Available w Ea Y bro EAr Ue tE 4 460 60 3 Economizer only a E 5 575 60 3 8 50 Fresh Air Tracking Power L E Osten pe JS Low Leak Digit 9
193. l be set via BAS communication and the 2 blink code will be initiated on the RTRM to indicate a problem Traq RTEM Communications Failure In the event of the loss communications with the RTEM in a system previously configured for Traq control the RTEM will revert to the Local Design OA Minimum Position potentiometer on the RTEM as a fail safe built into the RTEM The damper will remain at that position until communications is re established to the RTEM or the power is disconnected Traq control will be disabled since it requires transmission of the Traq OA Minimum Position Request to the RTEM via Modbus link N A The proper diagnostic will be set via BAS communication and the 2 blink code will be initiated on the RTRM to indicate a problem NONE No LED indication RT SVX34H EN 129 Ss TRANE Diagnostics TR 200 VFD Programming Parameters Table 76 Supply and exhaust fan VFD programming AWARNING Hazardous Voltage w Capacitors Disconnect all electric power including remote disconnects before servicing Follow proper lockout tagout procedures to ensure the power cannot be inadvertently energized For variable frequency drives or other energy storing components provided by Trane or others refer to the appropriate manufacturer s literature for allowable waiting periods for discharge of capacitors Verify with an appropriate voltmeter that all capacitors have discharged Fa
194. lace as necessary 6 Emergency Stop input is open 6 Check the Emergency Stop input CV or SZ VAV Units only 1 Zone Sensor Module ZSM is defective 1 Refer to the Zone Sensor Module ZSM Test Procedures B Unit will not Heat or Cool but the Fan 2 Problem in ZSM wiring 2 Disconnect the ZSM wiring at RTRM and test the wires using the Zone Sensor Test Procedures to locate any wiring problems switch operates 3 RTRM is defective 3 Disconnect the ZSM wiring at the RTRM and perform the Zone Sensor Module ZSM Test Procedures If within range replace RTRM CV SZ VAV or VAV Unoccupied 1 Zone Sensor Module ZSM is C Unit heats and cools but defective 1 Refer to the Zone Sensor Module ZSM Test Procedures Refer to the Default Chart will not control to set point 2 Thermometer on the ZSM out of calibration 2 Check and calibrate the thermometer 1 Compressor failure 1 Test compressor mechanically and electrically Replace if necessary D CPR1 will not operate ODM s will operate 2 Wiring terminal or mechanical CC1 contactor failure 2 Check wires terminals and CC1 Repair or replace if necessary 3 LPC1 has tripped 3 Leak check repair evacuate and recharge as necessary Check LPC1 operation 124 RT SVX34H EN Ss TRANE Diagnostics Table 74 Troubleshooting SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE RECOMMENDE
195. likely be greater The RTRM utilizes a proportional and integral control scheme with the integration occurring when the supply air temperature is outside the deadband As long as the supply air temperature is within the setpoint deadband the system is considered to be satisfied and no staging up or down will occur Supply Air Temperature Control with an Economizer The economizer is utilized to control the supply air cooling at L5 F around the supply air temperature setpoint range of 40 F and 90 F providing the outside air conditions are suitable While economizing the mechanical cooling is disabled until the economizer dampers have been fully open for three minutes If the economizer is disabled due to unsuitable conditions the mechanical cooling will cycleas though the unit had no economizer VHR Relay Output During unoccupied mode daytime warm up DWU and morning warm up MWU the VFD will open to 100 All VAV boxes must be opened through an ICS program or by the VHR wired to the VAV boxes The RTRM will delay 100 fan operation approximately 6 5 minutes when switching from occupied cooling mode to a heating mode Zone Temperature Control without a Night Setback Panel or ICS Unoccupied Cooling When a field supplied occupied unoccupied switching device is connected between RTRM J 6 11 and RTRM J 6 12 both the economizer and the mechanical cooling will be disabled Zone Temperature Control without a Night Setba
196. ll be limited to the pointthat would make the Design Minimum Position schedule linear Provisions have been made in Service Test Mode to allow for proper damper minimum position setup 52 1 To set the Design Minimum Position setpoint at Minimum Fan Speed set the unit to operate at Step 1 Fan ON or Step 2 Economizer Open and make the proper adjustment 2 Tosetthe Design Minimum Position setpoint at Middle Fan Speed set the unitto operate at Step 3 Cool 1 and make the proper adjustment 3 To set the Design Minimum Position setpoint at Full Fan Speed set the unitto operate at Step 4 Cool 2 and make the proper adjustment Figure 42 SZVAV OA damper min position w OA CFM compensation Design Minimum Fan Speed OAD Position Setpoints Design Middle Fan Speed Design Maximum an Speed Minimum Fan Middle Fan Maximum Speed Speed Speed Space Pressure Control For units configured with an exhaust fan with or without Statitrac the control described previously for economizer minimum position handling requires additional changes to the existing Space Pressure Control scheme The overall scheme will remain very similar to non Single Zone VAV units with Space Pressure Control with the exception ofa dynamic Exhaust Enable Setpoint For Single Zone VAV the user will select an Exhaust Enable Setpoint during the Maximum Fan Speed Command Once selected the difference between the Exhaust Enable Set
197. ll restraint slots located on unit top that MUST be used during servicing These slots are to be used with fall restraint equipment that will not allow an individual to reach the unit edge However such equipment will NOT prevent falling to the ground for they are NOT designed to withstand the force of a falling individual Failure to use fall restraint slots and equipment could result in individual falling off the unit which could result in death or serious injury The fall restraint is located approximately 3 feet from the unit edge See Figure 98 p 114 113 Ss TRANE Maintenance Figure 98 Fall restraint Fall Restraint al Ja Al yuy a A a RS XS Refrigeration System AWARNING R 410A Refrigerant under Higher Pressure than R 22 The units described in this manual use R 410A refrigerant which operates at higher pressures than R 22 refrigerant Use ONLY R 410A rated service equipment or components with these units For specific handling concems with R 410A please contact your local Trane representative Failure to use R 410A rated service equipment or components could result in equipment exploding under R 410A high pressures which could result in death serious injury or equipment damage AWARNING Refrigerant under High Pressure System contains oil and refrigerant under high pressure Recover refrigerant to relieve pressure before opening the system See unit nameplate for ref
198. lpy control reference enthalpy is not allowed if the outdoor temperature is below 32 F Below 32 F dry bulb economizer control is enabled If Communications between the Outdoor Humidity Sensor OHS and the Economizer Actuator Control ECA were to fail the economizer will operate using the dry bulb parameters Figure 95 Humidity vs current input 20 18 H 16 H 14 H 12 10 i 8 mA CURRENT 6 E cee al 4 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 HUMIDITY IN ZRH 102 Economizer Operation Based on Comparative Enthalpy Comparative enthalpy is accomplished by using an outdoor humidity sensor OHS return humidity sensor RHS and the return air sensor RAS If the outdoor air enthalpy is greater than the return air enthalpy the economizer will not operate and the damper will not open past the minimum position setting The economizer will not operate at outdoor air temperatures above 75 F If the outdoor air enthalpy is less than the return air enthalpy the dampers will modulate to maintain a 45 to 55 F supply air temperature constant volume or variable air volume applications The ECA modulates the economizer dampers from minimum position to fully open based on a L5 F control point below either the space temperature setpoint for constant volume applications or 15 F around the supply air temperature setpoint for variable air volume applications Refer to Figure 95 p 102 f
199. m the factory or ordered as a kit to be field installed Follow the installation instructions that ship with each kit when field installation is necessary BCI BACnet Communication Interface Optional This module is used when the application calls for a BACnet building management type control system It allows the control and monitoring of the system through a Trane Tracer SC panel or 3rd party BACnet system The module can be ordered from the factory or ordered as a kit to be field installed Follow the installations instructions that ship with each kit when field installation is necessary Trane Wireless Comm Interface WCI The Trane Wireless Comm Interface WCI is the perfect alternative to Trane s BACnet wired communication links for example Comm links between a Tracer SC and a Tracer UC400 Minimizing communication wire used between terminal products zone sensors and system controllers has substantial benefits Installation time and associated risks are reduced Projects are completed with fewer disruptions Future re configurations expansions and upgrades are easier and more cost effective TD5 Display 5 Touchscreen Display The Tracer TD5 display is an optional display module that operates in conjunction with the ReliaTel Controller and allows you to view data and make operational changes More information on the Tracer TD5 Display can be found in Installation Operation and Maintenance Manual RT SVX
200. mand will be at discrete points during Test Mode 2 For 27 5 35T units both compressors will be energized during the Cool 2 Step For 40 50T units only Compressor 2 will be energized during the Cool 2 Step 3 The Reheat Pumpout relay will be energized any time the Reheat circuit is energized in active Cooling Mode 4 For units with Statitrac installed the Exhaust Damper will track the Economizer position during Service Test Mode and the Exhaust Fan will be energized once the Economizer rises above the Exhaust Enable Setpoint Notes 5 Stage High Efficiency Units Compressor 1 is the smaller compressor on the circuit Condenser fans are controlled as defined for normal operation Exhaust fan operates as defined for normal operation based on economizer position When Compressor 1 is energized with either C1 C2 or with both for 30 minutes continuously C3 will be required to de energize for 30 seconds Table 4L Test mode states for traditional VAV units with modulating dehumidification and modulating heat TEST COMP COMP COMP HEAT COOL REHEAT VAV STEP MODE FAN VFD COMMAND ECON4 1 2 3 OUTPUT PUMPOUT VALVE VALVE BOX5 1 VFD SIGNAL 100 OFF 100 10VDC CLOSED OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 100 0 ON 2 VFD SIGNAL 0 OFF 0 0 VDC CLOSED OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 100 0 ON 3 MIN VENT ON IN CONTROL MIN OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 100 0 ON 4 ECON TEST OPEN ON IN CONTROL OPEN OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 100 0 ON 5 COOL 1 ON
201. microchannel condenser coils Pressurized water or air ONLY For evaporator and reheat coil cleaners contact the local Trane Parts Center for appropriate detergents L Remove enough panels from the unit to gain safe access to coils a For the 50 ton unit with the 3rd coil closest to the bulk head safe access can be gained by removal of the unit side panels b For the 40 ton and 50 ton units access to the 2 row microchannel condenser coils removal of the corner posts will be necessary AWARNING No Step Surface Do not walk on the sheet metal drain pan Walking on the drain pan could cause the supporting metal to collapse resulting in the operator technician to fall Failure to follow this recommendation could result in death or serious injury Note Bridging between the main supports required before attempting to enter into the unit Bridging may consist of multiple 2 by 12 boards or sheet metal grating Straighten any bent coil fins with a fin comb 3 For accessible areas remove loose dirt and debris from both sides of the coil For dual row microchannel condenser coil applications seek pressure coil wand extension through the local Trane Parts Center 4 When cleaning evaporator and reheat coils mix the detergent with water according to the manufacturer s instructions If desired heat the solution to 150 F maximum to improve its cleansing capability Important DO NOT use any detergents with micro
202. mizer assemblies and the Ultra Low Leak economizer actuator Trane optimizes the performance of homes and buildings around the world A business of Ingersoll Rand the leader in creating and sustaining safe comfortable and energy efficient environments Trane offers a broad portfolio of advanced controls and HVAC systems comprehensive building services and parts For more information visit www Trane com Trane has a policy of continuous product and product data improvement and reserves the right to change design and specifications without notice 2014 Trane All rights reserved RT SVX34H EN 03 un 2014 Supersedes RT SVX34G EN 23 Apr 2013 We are committed to using environmentally conscious print practices that reduce waste LEY Ingersoll Rand
203. mote panels customer binary contacts and responds by activating the various unit components to satisfy the applicable request for economizing cooling heating exhaust ventilation The RTRM configuration is set through the wire harness to function within one of six system applications L Constant Volume Supply Air with No Heat Constant Volume Supply Air with Gas or Electric Heat Variable Supply Air Volume with No Heat Variable Supply Air Volume with Gas or Electric Heat Au FWN Single Zone Variable Supply Air Volume with Gas or Electric Heat ECA RTEM Economizer Actuator ReliaTel Economizer Module Optional The ECA RTEM monitors the mixed air temperature return air temperature minimum position setpoint local or remote ambient dry bulb enthalpy sensor or comparative humidity return air humidity against ambient humidity sensors if selected to control the dampers to an accuracy of H 5 of the stroke The actuator is spring returned FA closed RA opened any time powerislostto the unit Refer to Mechanical Cooling with an Economizer p 56 for the proper potentiometer settings for dry bulb Enthalpy control Note The ECA RTEM control module is mounted on the actuator Units with the ultra low leak economizer option have their ECA control module mounted to a panel adjacent to the RA damper EBA Exhaust Blade Actuator Optional If the unit is ordered with tracking power exhaust the EBA will track the e
204. mperature Control with an Economizer 0 0 cece eee nee 54 VHR Relay Output 0 54 Zone Temperature Control without a Night Setback Panel or ICS Unoccupied COOMNG we need bbe eed eke ete 54 Zone Temperature Control without a Night Setback Panel or ICS Unoccupied Heating 2 ociosos tee betwee 54 Morning Warm up MWU Control 54 Daytime Warm up DWU Control 54 Supply Duct Static Pressure Control 54 Supply Air Temperature Reset 55 VAV Supply Air Tempering Only Available with Modulating Gas Heat 55 Constant Volume or Variable Air Volume Ap plications Single Zone or Traditional 55 Off Mode cece eee eee 55 Zone Temperature Unoccupied Cooling CV Or SZ VAV Only 0 cece eee 55 Zone Temperature Unoccupied Heating 55 Mechanical Cooling with an Economizer 56 Gas Heat Control ooooo 56 Electric Heat Control 56 Clogged Filter Option 56 Ventilation Override 57 Emergency Stop 00 eee aee 57 Phase Monitor 0 0 eae eee 57 Low Pressure Control 57 Dehumidification Low Pressure Control 57 High Pressure Cutout and Temperature Dis charge Limit sgios kerene deriden 57 Power Exhaust Control Standard 58 RT SVX34H EN Ss TRANE Table of Contents Space Pressure Control Statitrac 58 Power Exhaust Control Tracking 5
205. mpressors will be energized during the Cool 2 Step For 40 50T units only Compressor 2 will be energized during the Cool 2 Step 3 The Reheat Pumpout relay will be energized any time the Reheat circuit is energized in active Cooling Mode 4 For units with Statitrac installed the Exhaust Damper will track the Economizer position during Service Test Mode and the Exhaust Fan will be energized once the Economizer rises above the Exhaust Enable Setpoint Notes 5 Stage High Efficiency Units Compressor 1 is the smaller compressor on the circuit Condenser fans are controlled as defined for normal operation Exhaust fan operates as defined for normal operation based on economizer position When Compressor 1 is energized with either C1 C2 or with both for 30 minutes continuously C3 will be required to de energize for 30 seconds RT SVX34H EN 67 Verifying Proper Fan Rotation AWARNING Rotating Components The following procedure involves working with live and exposed rotating components Have a qualified or licensed service individual who has been properly trained in handling exposed rotating components perform these tasks Failure to follow all safety precautions could result in rotating components cutting and slashing technician which could result in death or serious injury Using Table 38 p 65 to Table 43 p 67 as a reference momentarily jump across the test terminals to start the Minimum Ventilation Test The Exhaust F
206. n or blinking 2 blinks every 2 seconds If so go to step 3 2 If the LED is not on verify that 24 Vac is present between RTRM J 1 1 and J 1 2 If 24 Vac is present proceed to Step 3 If 24Vac is not present checkthe unit main power supply check transformer TNS1 and fuse If the LED is not on or blinking yet 24Vac is present the RTRM has failed and must be replaced 3 Ifthe LED is blinking a diagnostic is present If the LED is on certain diagnostics may still be present Utilizing System Status Diagnostics p 117 check the following system status e Service status e Heating status e Cooling status 4 If any diagnostic is seen refer to the appropriate Diagnostics section for CV SZ VAV or Traditional VAV units Once the condition causing the diagnostic is cleared proceed to Step 5 5 If no diagnostics are present use one of the TEST mode procedures described in Test Modes p 63 to startthe unit This procedure will allow you to checkall of the RTRM outputs and all of the external controls relays contactors etc that the RTRM outputs energize for each respective mode Proceed to Step 6 6 Stepthesystem through all ofthe available modes and verify operation of all outputs controls and modes If a problem in operation is noted in any mode you may leave the system in that mode for up to one hour while troubleshooting Refer to the sequence of operations for each mode to assist in verifying proper
207. n CPR2 cycles on off as needed to meet the cooling requirements For 40 Ton constant volume and variable air volume applications once CPR1 has operated for a minimum of 3 minutes and additional cooling is required the RTRM cycles CPR1 off and energizes compressor contactor CC2 If additional cooling is required the RTRM energizes compressor contactor CC1 providing CPR1 has been off for aminimum of 3 minutes This configuration will allow the dual circuit unit to operate with three steps of cooling if CPR1 is the lead compressor For 50 Ton constant volume and variable air volume applications once CPR1 has operated for a minimum of 3 minutes and additional cooling is required the RTRM cycles CPR1 off and energizes compressor contactors CC2 and CC3 simultaneously If additional cooling is required the RTRM energizes compressor contactor CC1 providing CPR1 has been off for a minimum of 3 minutes This configuration allow the dual circuit unit to operate with three steps of cooling if CPR1 is the lead compressor If the indoor Fan selection switch is set to the AUTO position on constant volume applications the RTRM energizes the Indoor Fan Contactor F coil approximately one second after energizing first stage compressor contactor CC1 When the cooling cycle is complete and CC1 is de energized the RTRM keeps the Fan on for approximately 60 seconds to enhance unit efficiency On variable air volume applications the Fan op
208. n Speed Command RTEM DCV Min Position As the supply fan speed command varies between minimum and maximum the Building Design and DCV Minimum Position Targets will be calculated linearly between the user selected setpoints based on the RT SVX34H EN instantaneous supply fan speed The Bldg Design and DCV Minimum Position Targets will be used to calculate the Active OA Damper Minimum Position Target as on traditional units based on the Space CO relative to the active Design and DCV CO setpoints Refer to Figure 40 p 51 for additional details on the design The Design Minimum and DCV Minimum OA Damper Position setpoints at Minimum Fan Speed Command and the Design Minimum OA Damper Position setpoint at Middle Fan Speed Command will have a range of 0 100 while the Design Minimum and DCV Minimum OA Damper Position setpoints at Full fan speed will have a range of 0 50 Note that as on non Single Zone VAV units a 10 offset will be enforced between the Design and DCV Minimum Positions throughout the fan speed range By default the Design Minimum Position schedule red line below will be a linear line through all user selectable Design Minimum Position setpoints The user will havethe ability to set the Design Minimum Position at Middle fan speed command to a point that would be lower than the calculated linear line between the Design Minimum Position setpoints at 0 and 100 fan speed command in order to compensate for the non li
209. n from 14 the unit into the ductwork Refer to figures beginning on page 14 for the S A and R A opening dimensions All outdoor ductwork between the unit and the structure should be weather proofed after installation is completed If optional power exhaustis selected an access door must be field installed on the horizontal return ductwork to provide access to exhaust fan motors Figure L 60 Hz 27135 50 Hz 23 29 Tons TCD TED YCD low heat T he 28 51 268 179 597 1308 670 7 8 181 Return 15 Supply 75 16 1926 Openings 70 he 1802 Opening O a AY 80 15 2034 3 a 95 H ANT See Roofcurb Drawing For Details 1 0 On Field Duct Fitup and Connections 2 2 64 NPS Connection Thru Base Electrical 163 10 eee he ez 4164 2 s 67 Three Places 142 13 NPS Connection Thru Base Electrical Ja 67 RT SVX34H EN Figure 2 TEH YCH low heat 3 1 4 11 4 Ths 27 32 Three Places Ss TRANE Unit Dimensions and Weights Rear view showing duct openings for horizontal supply and retum 60 Hz 27 35 50 Hz 23 29 Tons TCH Supply Opening Return Opening 635 1616 4 4 l 111 27 51 28 p a Z s 705 1299 724 60 REAR VIEW SHOWING DUCT OPENINGS FOR HORIZONTAL UNIT Notes On horizontal units the VFD is located between th supply and return ductwork which make
210. n gauge B Force Scale Small___ O Ring large Span Scale O Ring 1 To determine the appropriate belt deflection a Measure the center to center distance in inches between the fan sheave and the motor sheave b Divide the distance measured in Step la by 64 the resulting value represents the amount of belt deflection for the proper belt tension 2 Set the large O ring on the belt tension gauge at the deflection value determined in Step 1b 3 Set the small O ring at zero on the force scale of the gauge 4 Place the large end of the gauge on the belt at the center of the beltspan Depress the gauge plunger until the large O ring is even with the of the second belt or even with a straightedge placed across the sheaves 5 Remove the tension gauge from the belt Notice that the small O ring now indicates a value other than zero on the force scale This value represents the force in pounds required to deflect the belt s the proper distance when properly adjusted 6 Compare the force scale reading in step 5 with the appropriate force value in Figure 97 p 109 If the force reading is outside of the listed range for the type of belts used either readjust the belt tension or contact a qualified service representative RT SVX34H EN S TRANE Note The actual beltdeflection force mustnotexceed the maximum value shown in Figure 97 p 109 7 Recheckthe new belt s
211. n horizontal units TCO2 is located on the IDM partition panel above the blower housing Electric Heat Sequence Of Operation Constant Volume CV When heatis required and the Fan selection switch is in the AUTO position for constant volume applications the RTRM energizes the Supply Fan approximately one second before energizing the first stage electric heat contactor AH A 10 seconds minimum off time delay must elapse before the first stage heater is activated When the heating cycle is completed the RTRM de energizes the Fan and the heater contactor AH at the same time The RTRM cycles the first stage of heat as required to maintain zone temperature If the first stage cannot satisfy the heating requirement the RTRM energizes the second stage electric heat contactors BH and CH providing first stage has been on for at least 10 seconds or the second stage has been off for at least 10 seconds CH contactor is used on 54KW and larger heaters The RTRM cycles the second stage electric heat as required to maintain the zone temperature RT SVX34H EN Variable Air Volume VAV During Unoccupied heating Morning Warm up or Daytime Warm up the VHR relay will be energized for at least 6 minutes and the VFD output will go to 100 The heaters will stage on and off to satisfy the zone temperature setpoint Variable Air Volume Applications Single Zone VAV Sequence of Operation Occupied Cooling Operation For
212. n is on The setpoint potentiometer is on the RTOM and is factory set at 25 for traditional constant volume and variable air volume units For SZ VAV units the default power exhaust enable setpoint will be 25 as on non SZ VAV units However for SZ VAV the Exhaust Enable Setpoint will need to be adjusted for the proper setpoint during the maximum Fan Speed Command for the unit Once selected the difference between the Exhaust Enable Setpoint and Design OA Damper Minimum Position at Full Fan Speed Command will be calculated The difference calculated will be used as an offset to be added to the Active Building Design OA Minimum Position Target to calculate the dynamic Exhaust Enable Target to be used throughout the Supply Fan Speed OA Damper Position range Exhaust Enable Target Active Bldg Design OA Min Position Target Active Exhaust Enable Setpoint Active Bldg Design OA Min Position Full Fan Speed Command The Exhaust Enable Target could be above or below the Active Bldg Design OA Min Position Target Setpoint based on the Active Exhaust Enable Setpoint being set above or below the Bldg Design Min Position at Full Fan Speed Command Note that an Exhaust Enable Setpoint of 0 will result in the same effect on Exhaust Fan control as on non Single Zone VAV applications with and without Statitrac Exhaust Fan ON See Figure 45 p 58 for how the exhaust enable setpoint is modified throughout the OA damper operating range Figure 45
213. nd Grounding Required All field wiring MUST be performed by qualified personnel Improperly installed and grounded field wiring poses FIRE and ELECTROCUTION hazards To avoid these hazards you MUST follow requirements for field wiring installation and grounding as described in NEC and your local state electrical codes Failure to follow code could result in death or serious injury Overview of Manual One copy of the appropriate service literature ships inside the control panel of each unit The procedures discussed in this manual should only be performed by qualified experienced HVAC technicians Note Do not release refrigerant to the atmosphere If adding or removing refrigerant is required the service technician must comply with all federal state and local laws This booklet describes the proper installation startup operation and maintenance procedures for TC_ TE_ and YC_22 9 to 50 Ton CV Constant Volume VAV Variable Air Volume and SZ VAV Single Zone Variable Air Volume applications Refer to the table of contents for a listing of specific topics Refer to Diagnostics p 117 for troubleshooting information RT SVX34H EN By carefully reviewing the information within this manual and following the instructions the risk of improper operation and or component damage will be minimized Itis important that periodic maintenance be performed to help assure trouble free operation A maintenance schedule
214. near outside airflow through the fan and damper modulation range However if the Design Minimum Position at Middle fan speed command is set to a point that would be higher than the calculated linear line between the Design Minimum Position setpoints at Minimum and Full fan speed command the minimum position will be limited to the point that would make the Design Minimum Position schedule linear Provisions have been made in Service Test Mode to allow for proper damper minimum position setup 1 Tosetthe Design and DCV Minimum Position setpoints at Minimum Fan Speed set the unit to operate at Step 1 Fan ON or Step 2 Economizer Open and make the proper adjustments 2 Tosetthe Design Minimum Position setpoint at Middle Fan Speed set the unitto operate at Step 3 Cool 1 and make the proper adjustment 3 Tosetthe Design and DCV Minimum Position setpoints at Full Fan Speed set the unit to operate at Step 4 Cool 2 and make the proper adjustments RT SVX34H EN Figure 40 SZVAV DCV with OA CFM compensation Design Minimum Fan Speed OAD Position Setpoints Corresponds to Design CO2 DCV UL Setpoint Design Middle Fan Speed OAD Target Setpoint t increasin Design Full Fan Speed DCV Minimum Fan Speed Corresponds to DCV CO2 DCV LL Setpoint DCV Full Fan Speed Minimum Fan Speed Middle Fan Speed Units with Traq Sensor The outside air enters the unit through the
215. ng industry All technicians who handle refrigerants must be certified The Federal Clean Air Act Section 608 sets forth the requirements for handling reclaiming recovering and recycling of certain refrigerants and the equipmentthatis used in these service procedures In addition some states or municipalities may have additional requirements that must also be adhered to for responsible management of refrigerants Know the applicable laws and follow them 2014 Trane All rights reserved AWARNING Personal Protective Equipment PPE Required Installing servicing this unit could result in exposure to electrical mechanical and chemical hazards Before installing servicing this unit technicians MUST puton all Personal Protective Equipment PPE recommended for the work being undertaken ALWAYS refer to appropriate MSDS sheets and OSHA guidelines for proper PPE When working with or around hazardous chemicals ALWAYS refer to the appropriate MSDS sheets and OSHA guidelines for information on allowable personal exposure levels proper respiratory protection and handling recommendations e If there is a risk of arc or flash technicians MUST put on all Personal Protective Equipment PPE in accordance with NFPA 70E or other country specific requirements for arc flash protection PRIOR to servicing the unit Failure to follow instructions could result in death or serious injury A WARNING Proper Field Wiring a
216. ns metal flakes a mechanical failure has occurred This symptom is often accompanied by a high compressor amperage draw Refer to the refrigeration system in the maintenance section for details on testing and replacing oil 84 RT SVX34H EN Figure 7L 275 Ton operating pressure standard efficiency 60Hz TC TE YC 330 FULL LOAD 700 650 4 Q 8 fa Q a 8 a a 600 4 S 2 z 2 o 2 mi Q L a a L N 5 5 550 4 D y 2 o 5 115 F OD Ambient N amp 500 105 F OD Ambient a 450 4 a o 95 F OD Ambient 2 g 400 J 8 a 85 F OD Ambient 350 4 75F OD Ambient 800 65 F OD Ambient 250 4 55 F OD Ambient 200 T T r T T T r T T 1 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 Suction Pressure Psig Figure 72 30 Ton operating pressure standard efficiency 60 Hz TC TE YC 360 FULL LOAD 700 650 co co a a Q Q a Q 2 600 E a a a mi m al a z 5 5 550 4 D y ES En 8 115 F OD Ambient D N amp 500 105 F OD Ambient a 450 4 95 F OD Ambient 2 S 400 2 85 F OD Ambient a 350 4 75 F OD Ambient 300 65 F OD Ambient 250 4 55F OD Ambient 200 r r r r r r r r 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 Suction Pressure Psig RT SVX34H EN Figure 73 35 Ton operating pressure standard efficiency 60 Hz Discharge Pressure Psig 700 5 650 4 600 550 4 a Q o f A a o y A Q o f 350 4 300 4 250 4
217. nsor o de A CT ROUTE TO LTBI Zone Temp ensor aiie BAYSTATO23 L unoccupied Remote Min 2 Wires _ ei 2 Wires Input Poston Limit Contocts e CPR 1 is Heat Mode Relay Output 2 Wires JE To VAV Boxes m C Darina 2 Wires Limit Contacts CPR 2 A Customer 2 Wires VAV Mode input RTRM J6 2 to RTRM J6 4 Changeover for If the unit does not have a Mode Off Auto input from another source VAV Htg MOD San the following default applies Short from J6 2 to J6 4 AUTO mode FASONY Ener ony Open from J6 2 to J6 4 OFF mode A ae 2 Wires Ventilation Relay A Ah g Ventilation ZWE 2 Wires Space Relay B Humidity Sensor WE Ventilation Reloyse ea Mires 2 Wires Space l Humidistat Figure 22 RTRM zone sensor thermostat connections C COMMON T e T X2 e X2 CONVENTIONAL Y2 THERMOSTAT J7 m A CONVENTIONAL INPUTS G L 6 THERMOSTAT CV ONLY W1 0 WI YC TC O WC Yl YI R R 24VAC 14 e 24VAC PROGRAMMABLE 12 COMMUNICATION INPUT FOR PROG ZSM ZSM INPUTS e 11 eL COMMON CVISZ VAVIVAV To CLOGFILTER FAN FAILURE INDICATION 9 e SYSTEM TEST INDICATION J6 8 e COOL COOL FAIL INDICATION 7 HEAT HEAT FAIL INDICATION 6 e COMMON 5 e HEATING SETPOINT 4 e MODE INPUT MECHANICAL MECHANICAL 3 4 COOLING SETPOINT ZSM ZSM INPUTS 2 el COMMON 1 ZONE TEMP INPUT RT SVX34H EN 33 Ss TRANE
218. nt HSP The resistance of these potentiometers are measured between the following ZSM terminals Refer to the chart above for approximate resistances at the given set points CSP Terminals 2 and 3 Range 100 to 900 Ohms approximate HSP Terminals 2 and 5 Range 100 to 900 Ohms approximate 120 Test 3 System Mode and Fan Selection Thecombined resistance of the Mode selection switch and the Fan selection switch can be measured between terminals 2 and 4 on the ZSM The possible switch combinations are listed below with their corresponding resistance values Table 7L Nominal resistance VAV System CV System CV Fan Nominal Switch Switch Switch Resistance OFF AUTO 2 3 K Ohms OFF COOL AUTO 4 9 K Ohms AUTO AUTO 7 7 K Ohms OFF ON 11 0 K Ohms COOL ON 13 0 K Ohms AUTO AUTO ON 16 0 K Ohms HEAT AUTO 19 0 K Ohms HEAT ON 28 0 K Ohms Test 4 LED Indicator Test SYS ON HEAT COOL amp SERVICE Method 1 Testing the LED using ameter with diode testfunction Test both forward and reverse bias Forward bias should measure a voltage drop of 15 to 2 5 volts depending on your meter Reverse bias will show an Over Load or open circuit indication if LED is functional Method 2 Testing the LED with an analog Ohmmeter Connect Ohmmeter across LED in one direction then reverse the leads for the opposite direction The LED should have at least 100 times more resistance in reverse direction as compare
219. nt the unit will initiate the Modulating Heat output request and control the supply fan at minimum speed At this point the Modulating Heat output will be controlled to maintain the discharge air temperature requirements and the supply fan speed will be controlled between 58 100 to meet the zone heating requirements As the heating load in the zone decreases the fan speed will decrease down to minimum 58 and control the modulating heat output as necessary to meet the discharge air heating requirements As the load in the zone continues to drop the fan speed will be maintained at this minimum airflow and the modulating heat output will be controlled accordingly Note Thegas heat staging sequences will bethesameon SZ VAV units as on traditional CV units Unoccupied Cooling and Heating Operation For SZ VAV units the unit will control Heating Cool and Dehumidification as during Occupied periods using the normal heating and cooling Single Zone VAV algorithms In Unoccupied periods the unit will utilize setback setpoints a 0 Minimum OA Damper position and Auto fan mode operation as on normal Constant Volume units Dehumidification Operation Singe Zone VAV units support modulating dehumidification operation Most functions will be identical to dehumidification control on CV and Traditional VAV units Modulating Dehumidification Entering Dehumidification At startup a zone heating or cooling demand will prevent dehumidificat
220. nt is made under the rain hood by hole position selection on the power exhaust actuator jack shaft on the damper linkage arm Figure 52 p 76 With direct drive ultra low leak exhaust options actuator stroke can be adjusted as described in Economizer Damper Adjustment p 77 The stroke limit can be set between 33 and 100 of full stroke 75 Note The barometric damper continues to function as a pressure relief damper up to the maximum stop position Note To adjust the damper blade stops refer to figures Figure 53 p 76 to Figure 56 p 77 If the fan speed needs to be changed from the current operating speed refer to the unit wiring diagram and the XTB1 and XTB2 terminal strip located in the economizer section Table 50 Power exhaust fan performance 27 5 35 Ton 60Hz Power Exhaust Selection 50 min 100 max Damper Blade Open Distance in Return Duct a z Static min max min max in wc CFM 0 0 3812 6866 7624 13742 0 1 3497 5296 6995 10591 0 2 3190 4458 6325 9000 0 3 2884 3812 5768 7635 0 4 2621 3359 5241 6719 0 5 2342 2885 4683 5771 Table 5L Power exhaust fan performance 40 50 Ton 60 Hz Power Exhaust Selection 50 min 100 max Damper Blade Open Distance in Return Duct min max min max Static in wc CFM 0 0 4854 8035 9708 16069 0 1 4575 7410 9151 14820 0 2 4262 6450 8552 13496
221. nual use R 410A refrigerant which operates at higher pressures than R 22 refrigerant Use ONLY R 410A rated service equipment or components with these units For specific handling concems with R 410A please contact your local Trane representative Failure to use R 410A rated service equipment or components could result in equipment exploding under R 410A high pressures which could result in death serious injury or equipment damage L Atthe liquid line service valve measure the liquid line pressure Using a Refrigerant R 410A pressure temperature chart convert the pressure reading into the corresponding saturated temperature 2 Measure the actual liquid line temperature as close to the liquid line service valve as possible To ensure an accurate reading clean the line thoroughly where the temperature sensor will be attached After securing the sensor to the line insulate the sensor and lineto isolate it from the ambient air Note Glass thermometers do not have sufficient contact area to give an accurate reading 3 Determine the system subcooling by subtracting the actual liquid line temperature measured in step 2 from the saturated liquid temperature converted in step 1 Gas Heat Units Open the main disconnect switch to shut the unit off and to reset the RTRM Follow the Test Guide in Table 38 p 65 Table 43 p 67 to start the unit in the heating mode J umping the Test terminals several times for
222. o that diagnostic If more than one diagnostic is present refer to combination diagnostics such as COOL HEAT as appropriate Ona BAYSENS119 the display will show HEAT FAIL or COOL RT SVX34H EN FAIL or SERVICE or an appropriate combination if a diagnostic is present HEAT YC only 1 TCO1 TCO 2 or TCO3 has opened 2 IGN Module lockout see gas heat section for troubleshooting COOL 1 Discharge air sensor DTS is open shorted or has failed 2 Zonetempinput RTRM J 6 1 is open shorted or failed during an unoccupied mode If the unit has a default mode input jumper from RTRM J 6 2 to RTRM J 6 4 a valid zone temp input is needed for unoccupied heating MWU and DWU 3 CCl or CC2 24 VAC control circuit has opened 3 times during a cooling mode Check CC1 CC2 coils or any controls in series with the coils winding thermostat HPC circuit breaker auxiliary contacts 4 LPC 1orLPC 2 has opened during the 3 minute minimum on time during 4 consecutive compressor starts Check LPC 1 circuit by measuring voltage from RTRM J 1 8 to chassis ground Check LPC 2 circuit by measuring voltage from RTRM J 3 2 to chassis ground If 24 VAC is not present the circuit is open 24 Vac should present at these terminals at all times SERVICE 1 The supply fan proving switch FFS has failed to open within 40 seconds after the fan starts or has closed during fan operation COOL SERVICE 1 Static Pressure Transducer
223. ol 0 100 Economizer Differential Enthalpy Control C Option and Low Leak Fresh Air Damper D Option and Low Leak Fresh Air Damper E Option and Low Leak Fresh Air Damper C Option and Ultra Low Leak Outside Air Damper D Option and Ultra Low Leak Outside Air Damper E Option and Ultra Low Leak Outside Air Damper Option C with Traq Option D with Traq Option E with Traq Option F with Traq ll 2 2 PA i ll O 7TMOOU ll B C D ll BWNR Option C with Traq w Ultra Low Leak Outside Air Damper 8 Option D with Traq w Ultra Low Leak Outside Air Damper 9 Option E with Traq w Ultra Low Leak Outside Air Damper Digit 16 System Control I Constant Volume w Zone Temperature Control Constant Volume w Discharge Air Control VAV Supply Air Temperature Control w Variable Frequency Drive w o Bypass VAV Supply Air Temperature Control w Variable Frequency Drive and Bypass Single Zone VAV w VFD w o Bypass Single Zone VAV w VFD w Bypass VAV Supply Air Temperature Control w VFD w o Bypass w Motor Shaft Grounding Ring VAV Supply Air Temperature Control w VFD w Bypass w M otor Shaft Grounding Ring Single Zone VAV w VFD w o Bypass w Motor Shaft Grounding Ring Single Zone VAV w VFD w Bypass w M otor Shaft Grounding Ring Note Zone sensors are not included with option and must be ordered as a Separate accesso
224. ol the Cooling and Reheat Modulating Valves The RTDM will also monitor the Entering Evaporator Temperature as well as protect against a low refrigerant pressure in the reheat circuit Conventional Thermostat Connections Available Only with CV This feature allows conventional thermostats to be used in conjunction with the RTRM on Constant Volume Applications only It utilizes the conventional wiring scheme of R Y1 Y2 W1 W2 X and G Refer to Figure 22 p 33 for conventional thermostat connections Applicable thermostats to be used with the conventional thermostat inputs are Table 19 Thermostats Vendor Part Trane Part Honeywell T7300 Honeywell T874D1082 BAYSTATO11 Enerstat MS 1N BAYSTATO03 TCI Trane Communication Interface Optional This module is used when the application calls for an ICS building management type control system It allows the control and monitoring of the system through a Trane Tracer panel The module can be ordered from the factory or ordered as a kit to be field installed Follow the installation instructions that ship with each kit when field installation is necessary 42 LCI LonTtalk Communication Interface Optional This module is used when the application calls for a LonTalk building management type control system It allows the control and monitoring of the system through a Trane Tracer Summit panel or 3rd party LonTalk system The module can be ordered fro
225. olling the economizing cycle by sensing the outside air dry bulb temperature Table 30 lists the selectable dry bulb values by potentiometer setting 2 Reference Enthalpy controlling the economizer cycle by sensing the outdoor air humidity Table 30 lists the selectable enthalpy values by potentiometer setting If the outside air enthalpy value is less than the selected value the economizer is allowed to operate Table 30 Economizer configuration Selection Dry Bulb Enthalpy Value A 73 F 27 BTU LB Air B 70 F 25 BTU LB Air C 67 F 23 BTU LB Air D 63 F 22 BTU LB Air E 55 F 19 BTU LB Air 3 Comparative Enthalpy By utilizing a humidity sensor and a temperature sensor in both the return air stream andthe outdoor airstream the economizer will be able 56 to establish which conditions are best suited for maintaining the zone temperature i e indoor conditions or outdoor conditions Gas Heat Control The ignition sequence and timing are provided by a separate heat control module The RTRM only provides the heating outputs to initiate 1st and 2nd stages and control the combustion blower relays Both stages of the furnace when initiated after each cycle will start and operate for one minute then cycle back if only one stage is required Units with modulating heat capabilities will light on high fire for one minute and then modulate to the appropriate heating rate for the building load present When
226. om pressor is On d First stage is Off Number two refrigeration circuit manifolded com pressor pair is On operating simultaneously RT SVX34H EN Startup Table 35 Condenser fan compressor sequence high efficiency 27 5 35 Ton High Efficiency Compressor Stage 1 Compressor Stage 2 Compressor Stages 3 or 4 Compressor Stage 5 Ambient Cond Ambient Cond Ambient Cond Ambient Cond Fan Fan Fan Range Fans Fan Fan Fan Range Fans Fan Fan Fan Range Fans Fan Fan Fan Range Fans 1 2 3 F On 1 2 3 F On 1 2 3 F On 1 2 3 F On OFF OFF 0 70 1 OFF OFF 0 58 1 OFF OFF 0 60 1 OFF OFF 0 50 1 OFF1 OFF 70 75 jlor2 OFF1 OFF 58 63 1OR2 OFF1 OFF 60 65 1O0R2 OFF1 OFF 50 55 1OR2 ON ON ON ON ON OFF 75 80 2 ON OFF 63 70 2 ON OFF 65 70 2 ON OFF 55 60 2 ON OFF1 80 85 2o0r3 ON OFF1 70 75 20R 3 ON OFF1 70 75 20R 3 ON OFF1 60 65 20R 3 ON ON 85 115 3 ON ON 75 115 3 ON ON 75 115 3 ON ON 65 115 3 40 Ton High Efficiency Compressor Stages 1 amp 2 Compressor Stages 3 amp 4 Compressor Stage5 Fan Ambient Cond Fan Ambient Cond Fan Ambient Cond Fan Fan 3 amp Range Fans Fan Fan 3 amp Range Fans Fan Fan 3 amp Range Fans 1 2 4 F On 1 2 4 F On 1 2 4 F On OFF OFF 0 65 1
227. on 36KW 54KW Electric Heat 2313 1235 40 ton 54KW Electric Heat 2313 1237 50 ton 54KW Electric Heat 2313 1242 27 5 35 ton Cooling Only 2313 1243 40 ton Cooling Only 2313 1244 50 ton Cooling Only 380 575 2313 1234 27 5 35 ton 36KW 54KW Electric Heat 2313 1236 40 ton 54KW Electric Heat 2313 1238 50 ton 54KW Electric Heat 2313 1239 2313 1240 27 5 35 ton 72KW 90KW Electric Heat 40 ton 72KW 108KW Electric Heat 2313 1241 50 ton 72KW 108KW Electric Heat 2313 1245 27 5 35 ton Cooling Only 2313 1246 40 ton Cooling Only 2313 1247 50 ton Cooling Only Raceway Devices Connection Print 208 575 2313 1305 27 5 35 ton 36KW 54KW Electric Heat 2313 1306 27 5 35 ton 72KW 90KW Electric Heat Cooling Only 2313 1307 40 ton 54KW 72KW Electric Heat 2313 1308 40 ton 90KW 108KW Electric Heat Cooling Only 2313 1309 50 ton 54KW 72KW Electric Heat 2313 1310 50 ton 90KW 108KW Electric Heat Cooling Only RT SVX34H EN 133 Ss TRANE Unit Wiring Diagram Numbers Table 78 Wiring diagrams YC units standard efficiency Diagram Type of Airflow Schematic Type Voltage Number Description Power 208 575 2313 1261 All Units Standard Efficiency 2313 1272 Low Heat Gas Units 2313 1273 High Heat Gas Units Constant Volume td 208 575 f Variable Air Volume
228. only accidents Your personal safety and the proper operation of this machine depend upon the strict observance of these precautions ATTENTION Warnings Cautions and Notices appear at appropriate sections throughoutthis literature Read these carefully Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided could result in death or serious injury Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided could result in minor or moderate injury It could also be used to alert against unsafe practices OT Indicates a situation that could resultin NOTICE equipment or property damage only A WARNING ACAUTION Important Environmental Concems Scientific research has shown that certain man made chemicals can affect the earth s naturally occurring stratospheric ozone layer when released to the atmosphere In particular several of the identified chemicals that may affect the ozone layer are refrigerants that contain Chlorine Fluorine and Carbon CFCs and those containing Hydrogen Chlorine Fluorine and Carbon HCFCs Not all refrigerants containing these compounds have the same potential impact to the environment Trane advocates the responsible handling of all refrigerants including industry replacements for CFCs such as HCFCs and HFCs Responsible Refrigerant Practices Trane believes that responsible refrigerant practices are important to the environment our customers and the air conditioni
229. ons Per Minute ReliaTel Air Handler Module ReliaTel Dehumidification Module ReliaTel Ventilation Module ReliaTel Options Module ReliaTel Refrigeration Module Supply Air Short Circuit Current Rating Space Pressure Calibration Solenoid Space Pressure Transducer Static Pressure Transducer Single Zone Variable Air Volume Trane Communication Interface Temperature Cutout 5 Touchscreen Display Temperature Discharge Limit Variable Air Volume Variable Frequency Drive Ventilation Heat Relay VAV box relay Water Column Wireless Comm Interface Exhaust Fan Setpoint Sensor Zone Sensor Zone Sensor Module Zone Panel Basic unit components include Scroll compressors One 1 Intertwined Evaporator Coil One 1 Supply Fan Three 3 to Four 4 Condenser Fans Microchannel Condenser Coils Filters type is dependent on option selection RT SVX34H EN Precautionary Measures AWARNING Fiberglass Wool Product contains fiberglass wool Disturbing the insulation in this product during installation maintenance or repair will expose you to airbome particles of glass wool fibers and ceramic fibers known to the state of Califomia to cause cancer through inhalation You MUST wear all necessary Personal Protective Equipment PPE including gloves eye protection mask long sleeves and pants when working with products containing fiberglass wool Exposition to glass wool fibers without all necessary PPE equipment could resul
230. ool 2 C1 or C2 67 Cool 3 C1 C2 Energized 67 SZVAV Modulating Heat 58 CV Staged Heat 100 SZVAV Modulating Heat Tempering 58 CV Staged Heat Tempering 100 Modulating Reheat 80 Table 24 Fan output high efficiency Function Minimum Fan Output Ventilation Only 45 Economizer Cooling 45 Cool 1 45 Cool 2 58 Cool 3 67 Cool 4 75 Cool 5 SZVAV Modulating Heat CV Staged Heat 75 58 100 RT SVX34H EN Table 24 Fan output high efficiency SZVAV Modulating Heat Tempering 58 CV Staged Heat Tempering 100 Modulating Reheat 80 Supply Fan Mode Operation Units configured for Single Zone VAV control will utilize Supply Fan Mode selection as is currently implemented into ReliaTel controls for normal Zone Control and will be selectable between AUTO and ON via a connected Zone Sensor module or through BAS Network controllers Supply Fan Mode Auto Operation For active Cooling Heating and Dehumidification operation the Supply Fan will be commanded ON and will ramp up to the appropriate minimum speed once the unit determines that there is a request for capacity control Once the active request is cleared and all capacity is de energized normal supply fan off delays as implemented on constant volume units will be in effect During the Supply Fan Off Delay the supply fan will remain energized for the predetermined time at the previous unit func
231. operation Make the necessary repairs and proceed to Step 7 and Step 8 RT SVX34H EN S TRANE 7 If no abnormal operating conditions appear in the test mode exit the test mode by turning the power Off at the main power disconnect switch 8 Refer to the individual component test procedures if other microelectronic components are suspect System Status Diagnostics System status and or diagnostics can be observed at the ZSM through ICS or at the unit by using a DC voltmeter The LED on the RTRM module does not indicate whether diagnostics are present or not This RTRM LED is an indicator that the RTRM has power and it pulses during the TEST mode Terminal locations Figure 10L Terminal locations Common Heat status diagnostic RTRM Cool status diagnostic System status Service status diagnostic J6 E System Status Diagnostics checkout procedure DC volt meter required The method described below to determine unit status orto see if diagnostics are present assumes the Zone Sensor or NSB panel is not within sight or close by or is not being used If a zone sensor is within sight however DC readings need not be taken just look at the LED or display and go to STEP 3 L Measureand record DC voltage from 6 6 common to each output J 6 7 J 6 8 J 6 9 and J 6 10 2 Using the data below determine if each output is ON OFF or PULSING All voltages are approximate this is asensitive circuit
232. or the Humidity versus Voltage Input Values If either or both the return air humidity sensor RHS or the return air sensor RAS fails the economizer will operate using the reference enthalpy setpoint perimeters Economizers with Traq OA Damper Min Position Arbitration The Economizer Minimum Position will be controlled to maintain outdoor air CFM at a CFM control setpoint Air Velocity will be measured across the Traq assembly utilizing a pressure transducer and will be calibrated zeroed against ambient pressure to correct for changing environmental conditions The local Minimum OA CFM Setpointinput ora calculated Min OA Flow Target Setpoint from the DCV description below is used unless a valid BAS Network Minimum OA CFM Setpoint has been selected and received in which case the BAS Network value is used The BAS Network Minimum OA CFM Setpoint if valid overrides the DCV CO reset calculation of Min OA Flow Target as well The measured OA CFM value from the local sensor input will normally be used for this function Atthis time OA CFM value from other sources is not supported The algorithm used for this function will be PH with integration occurring only when outside the deadband As long as the measured airflow is within the deadband the control will be satisfied When the OA CFM value is above the upper deadband limit the algorithm will decrease the Traq OA Min Damper Position Request allowing less fresh air into the space
233. ormal heating control and will control the supply air temperature between the minimum and maximum supply air setpoints If the Zone Temperature rises above the ZCSP during Tempering the unit will de energize Heating and Tempering will be disabled until conditions allow for it 46 again Normal Auto Changeover requirements will be in control to allow the unit to transition into Active Cool mode Variable Air Volume Applications Single Zone VAV Supply Fan Output Control Units configured for Single Zone VAV will include a VFD controlled supply fan motor which will be controlled via the 0 10Vdc Indoor Fan Speed outputlocated on the RTOM and the RTRM Supply Fan output With the RTRM Supply Fan output energized and the RTOM Indoor Fan Speed output at OVdc the fan speed output is 33 20Hz for cooling mode and 58 35Hz for heating modes from the VFD motor and at 10Vdc the fan speed output is 100 60Hz The control will scale the 0 10Vdc output from the RTOM linearly to control to 38 100 controllable range based on the space heating or cooling demand Minimum Supply Fan Output Refer to the table below for details on minimum supply fan output signals associated with each unit function Note that each value represents the actual Fan Output Table 23 Fan output standard efficiency Function Minimum Fan Output Ventilation Only 58 Economizer Cooling 58 Cool 1 C1 Energized 58 C
234. ose the main power disconnect switch or the unit mounted disconnect switch Jump across the Test terminals on LTB1 or toggle the test switch three consecutive times if it is a constant volume application or five times if it is a variable air volume application for two to three seconds per jump Refer to Table 38 p 65 Table 43 p 67 forthe Cooling Test sequence Important The compressors are protected from reverse rotation caused by improper sequencing of the customer supplied unit power wires by the unit phase monitor It is imperative to verify correct sequencing of compressor power wires to prevent compressor failure from reverse rotation Refer to the unit wiring schematic and or wire color markers vs the compressor terminal block color markers Figure 62 Compressor terminal block color markers Blue mark Red mark 0 375 Min full tweed Compressor Connector Block If a scroll compressor is rotating backwards it will not pump and a loud rattling sound can be observed If allowed to run backward for even a very short period of time internal compressor damage may occur and compressor life may be reduced If allowed to run backwards for an extended period of time the compressor 82 0 190 10 32 Threaded inserts will likely fail or the motor windings will overheat and cause the motor winding thermostats to open The opening of the motor winding thermostat will cause a compressor trip diagnostic
235. otes 1 All voltages are across the line starting only 2 Option includes Liquid Discharge Suction Valves 3 Supply air fan drives A thru G are used with 22 9 29 2 ton 82 105 kW units only and drives H through N are used with 33 3 and 417 ton 120 148 kW units only 4 Electric Heat kW ratings are based upon voltage ratings of 380 415 V Heaters A B C D are used with 22 9 RT SVX34H EN 29 2 ton 82 105 kW units only and heaters B C D E are used with 33 3 41 7 ton 120 148 kW units only The service digit for each model number contains 32 digits all 32 digits must be referenced Ventilation override exhaust mode is not available for the exhaust fan with fresh air tracking power exhaust VOM is available for the exhaust fan without fresh air tracking power exhaust S TRANE Model Number Description TRANE General Information Commonly Used Acronyms and Abbreviations BAS Building Automation System CFM Cubic Feet per Minute CLV Cooling Valve Reheat only COMM Module Designation for TCI LCI CV Constant Volume CW Clockwise CCW Counterclockwise DSP Direct Space Pressure control DTS Discharge Air Sensor DWU Daytime Warm up E A Exhaust Air ECA Economizer Actuator EET Entering Evaporator Temperature Sensor F A Fresh Air FDD Fault Detection amp Diagnostics FFS Fan Failure Switch HI Human Interface ICS Integrated Comfort System See BAS IDM
236. oubleshooting section Condenser Fan Sequencing Control The condenser fans are cycled according to the outdoor air temperature and the number of cooling steps that are operating Table 34 lists the temperatures at which the A and B Condenser Fan Outputs on the RTRM switches the fans Off The fans are switched back ON when the outdoor temperature rises approximately 5 F above the Off temperature Figure 47 p 60 shows the condenser fans as viewed from the top of the unit facing the control panel Whenever a condenser fan is cycled back On the condenser fan 59 Outputs A and B and the compressor steps are de energized for approximately seven seconds to prevent problems with fan windmill Figure 47 Condenser fan location Lead Fan Continuous Operation DQ O9 Control Box 60 Table 34 Condenser fan compressor sequence std efficiency O A Compressor Staging Temp Unit Sequence Condenser Fan Output F Size Fans Ton Step 1 Step2 Step 3 Output A Output B Off CPR Fan 2 70 ye 2 Fan 3 90 30 me Fan 2 10 CPR 1 an 2 Fan 3 60 CPR Fan 2 65 112 Fan 3 85 Fan 2 20 CPR 1 N A 2 Fan 3 55 CPR Fan 2 50 10 Fan 3 4 70 Fan 2 20 40 ao 2 Fan 3 4 60 CPR Fan 2 30 2 Fan 3 4 50 CPR Fan 2 20 1 Fan 3 4 60 CPR 2 Fan 2 10 ae a 3 Fan 3 4 55 CPR 1 Fan 2 30 2 3 F
237. output voltage at RTAM J 1 3 is less than 0 25Vdc The transducer output is open shorted or the transducer is reading a negative supply air pressure HEAT COOL 1 The Emergency Stop input TB1 5 and TB1 6 is open Check this input at the RTRM by measuring voltage from RTRM J 1 12 to chassis ground 24 Vac should be present whenever the Emergency Stop inputis closed 2 Outdoor airsensor OAS inputis open shorted orhas failed HEAT COOL SERVICE L Static Pressure High Duct Static Trip The static pressure has exceeded 3 5 W C three consecutive times Smoke Detector input active 2 Supply Air Temperature Failure on units with modulating dehumidification RT SVX34H EN Ss TRANE Diagnostics 3 Entering Evaporator Temperature Failure on units with modulating dehumidification 4 RTDM Communication Failure on units with modulating dehumidification Resetting Cooling and Ignition Lockouts Cooling Failures and Ignition Lockouts are reset in an identical manner M ethod 1 explains resetting the system from the space Method 2 explains resetting the system at the unit Note Before resetting Cooling Failures and Ignition Lockouts check the Failure Status Diagnostics by the methods previously explained Diagnostics will be lost when the power to the unit is disconnected Method 1 To reset the system from the space turn the Mode selection switch at the zone sensor to the Off position After ap
238. ow As the load in the zone continues to drop cooling capacity will be reduced in order to maintain the calculated discharge air setpoint Cooling Stages Minimum Fan Speed As the unit begins to stage compressors to meet the cooling demand the following minimum Supply Fan Speeds will be utilized for each corresponding Cooling Stage Note that the Supply Fan Speed will be allowed to ramp up beyond the minimum speed in order to meet the zone cooling demand 105 Ss TRANE Sequence of Operation 2 Stage Cooling Units 27 5 35T Units The minimum fan speed for units with 2 stages of DX Cooling will be 45 of the unit s full airflow capacity At Stage 1 of DX Cooling the Fan Speed will be ata minimum of 45 and at Stage 2 of DX Cooling the Fan Speed will be at a minimum of 67 3 Stage Cooling Units 40 50T Units The minimum fan speed for units with 3 stages of DX Cooling will be 45 of the unit s full airflow capacity At Stage 1 of DX Cooling the Fan Speed will be ata minimum of 45 and at Stages 2 and 3 of DX Cooling the Fan Speed will be at a minimum of 67 5 Stage High Efficiency Cooling Units 27 5 50T Units The minimum fan speed for units with 5 stages of DX Cooling will be 33 of the unit s full airflow capacity At Stage 1 of DX Cooling the Fan Speed will be ata minimum of 33 Add for other stages 2 5 Occupied Heating Operation Occupied Heating operation on units configured with Single Zone VAV control will
239. ow Pressure Control The RLP has been added to insure proper refrigerant management during active modulating hot gas reheat operation The RLP will be ignored for the first 10 minutes of compressor run time during active hot gas reheat operation Anytime this circuit is opened for 5 continuous seconds the compressor s in that circuit are turned off immediately The compressor s will not be allowed to restart for a minimum of 3 minutes If four consecutive open conditions occur during active dehumidification the compressor s in that circuit will be locked out High Pressure Cutout and Temperature Discharge Limit The high pressure controls and temperature discharge limit are wired in series between the compressor outputs onthe RTRM and the compressor contactors On 275 30 and 35 Ton units if the high pressure safety switch or temperature discharge limitopens the RTRM senses a lack of current while calling for cooling and locks both compressors out with an auto reset On 40 and 50 Ton units if the high pressure safety or temperature discharge 57 limit opens the compressor s on the affected circuit is locked out If the compressor output circuit is opened four consecutive times during compressor operation the RTRM will generate a manual reset lockout Power Exhaust Control Standard The power exhaust fan is started whenever the position of the economizer dampers meets or exceed the power exhaust setpoint when the supply fa
240. per linkage arm With direct drive ultra low leak exhaust options the actuator stroke can be adjusted as described in Economizer O A Dampers p 77 The stroke limit can be set between 33 and 100 of full stroke 4 When the Statitrac option is selected the Exhaust Blade Actuator will modulate independently to the economizer in order the relieve positive building pressure If the space pressure transducer fails the unit will revert back to fresh air tracking control Economizer Operation Based on Reference Enthalpy Reference enthalpy is accomplished by using an Outdoor Humidity Sensor OHS The reference enthalpy is field selectable to one of five standard enthalpies Refer to Table 30 p 56 for the proper potentiometer setting for each enthalpy selection If the outdoor air enthalpy is greater than the selected reference enthalpy the economizer will not operate and the damper will not open past the minimum position setting If the outdoor air enthalpy is less than the reference enthalpy the dampers will modulate to maintain a 45 to 55 F minimum supply air temperature constant volume or variable air volume applications The ECA modulates the economizer dampers from minimum position to fully open based on a L5 F control point below either the space temperature setpoint for constant volume applications or 15 F below the discharge air temperature setpoint for variable air volume applications With reference entha
241. point and Design OA Damper Minimum Position at Maximum Fan Speed Command will be calculated The difference calculated will be used as an offset to be added to the Active Building Design OA Minimum Position Target to calculate the dynamic Exhaust Enable Target to be used throughout the Supply Fan Speed OA Damper Position range The Exhaust Enable Target could be above or below the Active Bldg Design OA Min Position Target Setpoint based on the Active Exhaust Enable Setpoint being set above or below the Bldg Design Min Position at Full Fan Speed Command Note that an Exhaust Enable Setpoint of 0 will result in the same effect on Exhaust Fan control as on non Single Zone VAV applications with and without Statitrac RT SVX34H EN Figure 43 Space pressure control graph OAD Position Setpoints Exhaust Enable Target _ Exhaust Enable Maximum Fan Speed ___ Exhaust Enable Design Maximum Offset aes e Middle Fan Speed Fan Speed Algorithm Command Minimum Fan Speed Maximum Fan Speed Traq Ovenides and Special Considerations Traq functionality is not used in unoccupied mode since fresh air control is an occupied ventilation function Damper position will be setto 0 minimum in Unoccupied as with other types of unit configuration If the Remote Minimum Position pot on the RTEM is shorted as with NOVAR controls the Traq minimum damper position will be overridden to 0 as with other unit configurations
242. proximately 30 seconds turn the Mode selection switch to the desired mode i e Heat Cool or Auto Method 2 To reset the system at the unit cycle the unit power by turning the disconnect switch Off and then On Lockouts can be cleared through the building management system Refer to the building management system instructions for more information Zone Temperature Sensor ZSM Service Indicator The ZSM SERVICE LED is used to indicate a clogged filter an active Smoke Detector or a Fan Failure trip Clogged Filter Switch This LED will remain on 2 minutes after the Normally Open switch is closed The LED will be turned off immediately after resetting the switch to the Normally Open position or any time that the IDM is turned off If the switch remains closed and the IDM is turned on the SERVICE LED will be turned on again after the 2 1 minutes This LED being turned on will have no other affect on unit operation Itis an indicator only Smoke Detector Switch The LED will flash anytime that the N O Smoke Detector input is closed and will be reset anytime that the input is returned to its N O state During an Active Smoke Detector trip the unit will be shut down Fan Failure Switch The LED will flash 40 seconds after the fan is turned On ifthe Fan Proving Switch is not made This LED will remain flashing until the unit is reset by means explained above 119 Ss TRANE Diagnostics
243. r 5 continuous minutes a Unit Not Economizing When it Should Be diagnostic is generated Unit Economizing When it Should Not Be The unit is operating in cooling mode economizing is enabled and or mechanical cooling is enabled If the commanded economizer position is less than the current economizer feedback position 10 for 5 continuous minutes a Unit Economizing When it Should Not Be diagnostic is generated Outdoor Air Damper Not Modulating If the unit is operating in ventilation only mode not attempting to economize and the commanded damper position is greater than the current damper feedback position 10 for 5 continuous minutes a Outside Air Damper Not Modulating diagnostic is generated 121 Ss TRANE Diagnostics Excessive Outdoor Air If the unit is operating in ventilation only mode not attempting to economize and the commanded damper position is less than the current damper feedback position 10 for 5 continuous minutes a Excessive Outdoor Air diagnostic is generated Mixed Air Temperature Low Limit Diagnostic In all conditions on all ReliaTel controlled units if the Mixed Air Temperature falls below 45 F the Mixed Air Temperature Low Limit diagnostic is active and the economizer actuator will close to the active minimum position On Title 24 compliant units ReliaTel will set an Auto Reset Diagnostic to be used by BAS and TD5 when the Mixed Air Temperature Low Limit is
244. r information Table 65 Filters Filter Dimension inches 15 X 19 X 2 or 4 15 X 19 X 2 or 4 Filter dimensions are actual Nominal filter size is 16 x 20 Condensate Overflow Switch During maintenance the switch float black ring must be checked to ensure free movement up and down Unit Model Quantity TC TE YC 330 420 16 TC TE YC 480 600 17 Cooling Season e Check the unit s drain pans and condensate piping to ensure that there are no blockages e Inspect the evaporator and condenser coils for dirt bent fins etc If the coils appear dirty clean them according to the instructions described in Coil Cleaning later in this section RT SVX34H EN e Inspect the F A R A damper hinges and pins to ensure that all moving parts are securely mounted Keep the blades clean as necessary e Manually rotate the condenser fans to ensure free movement and check motor bearings for wear Verify that all of the fan mounting hardware is tight e Verify that all damper linkages move freely lubricate with white grease if necessary e Checksupply fan motor bearings repair or replace the motor as necessary e Check the fan shaft bearings for wear Replace the bearings as necessary These bearing are considered permanently lubricated for normal operation For severe dirty applications if relubrication becomes necessary use a lithium based grease See Table 66 p 112 for recommended grease
245. r modules For Variable Air Volume Units The RTAM has input setpoint potentiometers inside the control panel that are set at the factory which will allow the unit to operate and maintain system control For specific job specifications e Verify that the control input potentiometers are set according to the job specifications i e Outside air reset temperature Setpoint Reset amount F Setpoint Static pressure Setpoint Static pressure deadband Setpoint Discharge air temperature Setpoint Morning warm up temperature Setpoint Exhaust Fan Setpoint e Inspect the unit for misplaced tools hardware and debris e Verify that all unit exterior panels including the control panel doors are secured in place RT SVX34H EN For Single Zone Variable Air Volume Units Verify that the Mode selection switch and the Zone Temperature setpoints are set and or programmed atthe sensor modules The RTOM has input setpoint potentiometers inside the control panel that are set at the factory which will allow the unit to operate and maintain system control For specific job specifications e Verify that the control input potentiometers are set according to the job specifications DA Heat Setpoint DA Cool Fan SPD Setpoint EXH Fan Setpoint e Inspect the unit for misplaced tools hardware and debris e Verify that all unit exterior panels including the control panel doors
246. r oil equalizer line is loosened Note Refrigerant oil is detrimental to some roofing materials Care must be taken to protect the roof from oil leaks or spills Charge the new oil into the Schrader valve on the shell of the compressor Do to the moisture absorption properties of POE oil do not use POE oil from a previously opened container Also discard any excess oil from the container that is not used Compressor model Oil amount CSHDO75 161 7 0 pts CSHD183 7 6 pts CSHN250 14 2 pts Compressor Replacements Electrical Phasing If it becomes necessary to replace a compressor it is very important to review and follow the Electrical Phasing procedure described in the startup procedure of this manual If the compressors are allowed to run backward for even a very short period of time internal compressor damage may occur and compressor life may be reduced If allowed to run backwards for an extended period of time the motor windings can overheat and cause the motor winding thermostats to open This will cause a compressor trip diagnostic and stop the compressor If a scroll compressor is rotating backwards it will not pump and a loud rattling sound can be observed Check the electrical phasing at the compressor terminal box If the phasing is correct before condemning the compressor interchange any two leads to check the internal motor phasing Precision Suction Restrictor Tandem manifold compressors
247. r other individual who has been propery trained in handling live electrical components perform these tasks Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical components could result in death or serious injury HIGH VOLTAGE IS PRESENT AT TERMINAL BLOCK HTB1 OR UNIT DISCONNECT SWITCH e ObservetheABCand CBA phase indicator lights on the face of the sequencer The ABC indicator light will glow if the phase is ABC If the CBA indicator light glows open the disconnect switch or circuit protection switch and reverse any two power wires e Restore main electrical power and recheck phasing If the phasing is correct open the disconnect switch or circuit protection switch and remove the phase sequence indicator RT SVX34H EN Voltage Supply and Voltage Imbalance Supply Voltage Electrical power to the unit must meet stringent requirements for the unitto operate properly Measure each leg phase to phase of the power supply Each reading must fall within the utilization range stamped on the unit nameplate If any of the readings do not fall within the proper tolerances notify the power company to correct this situation before operating the unit Voltage Imbalance Excessive voltage imbalance between phases in a three phase system will cause motors to overheat and eventually fail The maximum allowable voltage imbalance is 2 Measure and record the voltage between phases 1 2 and 3 and calculate
248. re Setpoint the SA Tempering function will bring ON one stage of gas or electric heat Once SA Tempering is active heating will be turned OFF if the Supply Air Temperature rises to 10 F ABOVE the Active Occupied Zone Heating Setpoint or the Zone Temperature rises to the Active Zone Cooling Setpoint Also ifthe Zone Heat Control function is calling for 1 or more stages of Heat Tempering will be discontinued and the unit will stage additional heating to meet the current demand When an economizer is installed air tempering is allowed with ICSTM when the fan system switch is in the ON position with no call for heating The same conditions must be met as described above for entering and leaving Tempering operation 45 CV Units with Modulating Heat On units with M odulating Gas Heat Supply Air Tempering is inherent to the Modulating Heat design and does not require any additional configuration enabling Modulating Heat Tempering is accomplished by allowing the unit to return to heating if the Zone is marginally satisfied and the Supply Air temperature begins to fall The following conditions must be true to enable the unit to perform Tempering 1 The supply fan is ON The unit is in Occupied mode Zone Temp is less than the active Cooling setpoint The unit is in Heat mode but is not actively heating OR The unit is in AUTO COOL mode but not actively cooling and cooling capacity has been OFF for 5 minutes uF WN
249. reen and Red LED to indicate the compressor status A solid green LED denotes a fault free condition a blinking red LED indicates an identifiable fault condition Note If the compressor has tripped the resistance will be 4500 ohms or greater when reset it will be less than 2750 ohms Blink Code The blink code consists of different on off times of the Red LED which is repeated continuously until either the fault is cleared or until power is cycled Fault LED on LED off LEDon LED off PTC overheat or PTC Short blink long blink short blink long blink reset delay active Phase loss long blink long blink long blink long blink Incorrect phase short blink short blink short blink long blink sequence Troubleshooting SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE RECOMMENDED ACTION 1 No power to the Unit 1 Check line voltage at service disconnect 2 No power to the RTRM 3 Zone Sensor Module ZSM is defective or MODE circuit is open VAV only A Unit will not operate No Heat No Cool or No Fan operation 4 RTRM is defective 2 Check for 24 VAC at RTRM J 1 1 to system ground 3 See Zone Sensor Module ZSM Test Procedures or short MODE input on VAV units 4 If 24 VAC is present at the RTRMJ 1 1 to ground the LED on the RTRM should be on If the LED is not lit replace the RTRM 5 Supply Fan Proving FFS switch has opened 5 Check the IDM and belts rep
250. rgized When the compressor is On the crankcase heater is de energized The proper operation of the crankcase heater is important to maintain an elevated compressor oil temperature during the Off cycle which reduces the potential for refrigerant to migrate into the compressor oil If present during a compressor start liquid refrigerant could damage compressor bearings due to reduced lubrication and eventually could cause compressor mechanical failures Prior to the initial start or when power to the unit has been Off for an extended period allow the crankcase heater to operate a minimum of 8 hours before starting the unit Charging by Subcooling The unit is shipped with a complete refrigerant charge However if it becomes necessary to add refrigerant it should be done so by adding charge to obtain an acceptable subcooling as described below Refer to the maintenance section for proper refrigerant charging practices The outdoor ambient temperature must be between 65 and 105 F and the relative humidity of the air entering the evaporator must be above 40 percent When the RT SVX34H EN temperatures are outside of these ranges measuring the operating pressures can be meaningless With the unit operating at Full Circuit Capacity acceptable subcooling ranges between 14 F to 22 F Measuring Subcooling AWARNING R 410A Refrigerant under Higher Pressure than R 22 The units described in this ma
251. ricate the bearings add grease until a light bead appears all around the seal After greasing the bearings check the setscrews to ensure that the shaftis held securely Make sure thatall bearing braces are tight 112 Table 66 Grease recommendations Recommended Operating Recommended Grease Range Exxon Unirex 2 Mobil 532 20 F to 250 F Mobil SHC 220 Texaco Premium RB e Inspect both the main unit control panel and heat section control box for loose electrical components and terminal connections as well as damaged wire insulation Make any necessary repairs e YC units only Check the heat exchanger s for any corrosion cracks or holes e Check the combustion air blower for dirt Clean as necessary AWARNING Hazardous Gases and Flammable Vapors Exposure to hazardous gases from fuel substances have been shown to cause cancer birth defects or other reproductive ham Improper installation adjustment alteration service or use of this product could cause flammable mixtures To avoid hazardous gases and flammable vapors follow proper installation and set up of this product and all wamings as provided in this manual Failure to follow all instructions could result in death or serious injury FINN NTN er Hazardous Pressures When using dry nitrogen cylinders for pressurizing units for leak testing always provide a pressure regulator on the cylinder to prevent excessively high unit
252. rigerant type Do not use non approved refrigerants refrigerant substitutes or refrigerant additives Failure to recover refrigerant to relieve pressure or the use of non approved refrigerants refrigerant substitutes or refrigerant additives could result in an explosion which could result in death or serious injury or equipment damage Refrigerant Evacuation and Charging Compressor Damage The unit is fully charged with R 410A refrigerant from the factory However if it becomes necessary to remove or recharge the system with refrigerant it is important that the following actions are taken Failure to do so could result in permanent damage to the compressor Note Do not release refrigerant to the atmosphere If adding or removing refrigerant is required the service technician must comply with all federal state and local laws e To prevent cross contamination of refrigerants and oils use only dedicated R 410A service equipment e Disconnect unit power before evacuation and do not apply voltage to compressor while under vacuum Failure to follow these instructions will result in compressor failure Dueto the presence of POE oil minimize system open time Do not exceed 1 hour e When recharging R 410A refrigerant it should be charged in the liquid state Itis recommended that the compressor should be off when the initial refrigerant recharge is performed e Itis recommended that the initial refrig
253. ro potentiometer has failed cannot be adjusted Economizer still modulates 1 With the main power off check the resistance between terminals P and P1 at the ECA by rotating the remote minimum position potentiometer knob Resistance should be 50 to 200 Ohms 2 Minimum position potentiometer has failed 2 Rotate the onboard minimum position potentiometer knob If ECA does not drive to different minimum position replace ECA 1 OAS has failed S Economizer goes to 1 Check the OAS at connector P8 by disconnecting P8 from J8 on the RTRM Check resistance between P8 1 and P8 2 refer to the Resistance versus Temperature Chart Replace sensor if necessary minimum position and will not modulate 2 MAS has failed 2 Check the MAS at connector P23 by disconnecting P23 from MAT on the ECA MAT is marked on the actuator Check for resistance between P23 1 and P23 2 refer to the Resistance versus Temperature Chart Replace sensor if necessary 1 Comparative enthalpy setup RAS or RHS failed System is operating using Reference enthalpy T Economizer modulates but system does not seem to 1 Check the return air sensor RAS at connector P10 by disconnecting P10 from RAT on the ECA Check for resistance between P10 1 and P10 2 refer to the Resistance versus Temperature Chart Replace the sensor if necessary Check the return air humidity sensor RHS by measuring the operating current at terminals RA
254. roximately 0 25 Vdc If not check the wiring between the RTAM and the SPT If the wiring checks good replace the SPT 4 Apply 2 0 w c pressure to the HI port on the static pressure transducer SPT Measure the voltage between J 1 1 and J 1 3 The voltage should be 1 75 0 14 Vdc If not replace the SPT Note The SPT is susceptible to interference from VFD s Make sure the SPT is mounted on plastic standoffs and is not touching any sheet metal Test 3 Testing the VAV Setpoint Potentiometers Turn the main power disconnect switch OFF Check each potentiometer listed in the table below by measuring resistance These potentiometers are built into the RTAM and are not replaceable Static Pressure 0 560 ohms Setpoint Approximate RTAM J 7 1 2 Static Pressure Dead 0 560 ohms band Approximate RTAM J 7 7 8 P 0 560 ohms Reset Setpoint Approximate RTAM J 7 11 12 Reset Amount 07560 ohms RTAM J 7 5 6 Approximate Morning Warm up 0 560 ohms y Setpoint Approximate RTAM J 7 9 10 Supply Air Cooling 0 560 ohms E Setpoint Approximate RTAM Ji7 3 4 Supply Air Heating 0 560 ohms RTAM J7 13 14 Setpoint Approximate RT SVX34H EN Ss TRANE Diagnostics Test 4 Testing the VFD L Verify thatthe keypad in control box is powered If not check the power wires to the VFD and the Keypad cable 2 Using the procedure described in Test M odes p 63 verify that the fan starts and the spee
255. rst time a humming or resonance sound may be heard This is an operational sound made by the burner screen as it burns in This sound is not a concern unless it persists longer than the first few times the unit is fired 98 Electric Heat Units Start the service test and check the amperage draw for each heating stage Refer to the heater electrical data in Table 8 p 28 60 Hz and Table 11 p 29 50 Hz for the full load amps of a specific heater size Once the operation of the heaters have been checked open the main power disconnect switch or the unit mounted disconnect switch to shut the unit Off and to reset the RTRM This concludes the setup and testing for the major components and controls within the unit Follow the Test guide in Table 38 p 65 Table 43 p 67 to verify that the optional VFD economizer actuator and minimum ventilation controls are functioning Final Unit Checkout After completing all of the checkout and startup procedures outlined in the previous sections i e operating the unit in each of its modes through all available stages of cooling and heating perform these final checks before leaving the unit e Verify that the RTRM is in the normal operation mode The LED located on the UCP module is on and glowing continuously For Constant Volume Units e Verify that the Mode selection switch and the Zone Temperature setpoints are set and or programmed at the senso
256. ry Miscellaneous Options Digit 17 A Service Valves Note Service valves cannot be selected with High Efficiency units Digit 29 K or L Liquid and discharge service valves are included with High Efficiency 2 4 units Digit 18 B Through the Base Electrical Provision Digit 19 C Non Fused Disconnect Switch with External Handle Digit 20 Unused Digit Digit 21 Unused Digit RT SVX34H EN Digit 22 F Trane Communication Interface TCI Digit 23 G Ventilation Override Digit 24 H Hinged Service Access Digit 25 H Tool less Condenser Hail Guards J Condenser Coil Guards Digit 26 K LCI LonTalk B BACnet Communications Interface BCI Digit 27 O 5kASCCR D High Fault SCCR w Disconnect Digit 28 O Pre Painted Steel Drain Pan M Stainless Steel Drain Pan 1 Pre Painted Steel Drain Pan w Condensate Overflow Switch 2 Stainless Steel Drain Pan w Condensate Overflow Switch Digit 29 Condenser Coil Options 0 Standard Efficiency Condenser Coil J Corrosion Protected Condenser Coil K High efficiency unit eStage L High efficiency unit eStage w Corrosion Protected Condenser Coil Digit 30 31 Miscellaneous Options P Discharge Temperature Sensor R Clogged Filter Switch Digit 32 Dehumidification Option T Modulating Hot Gas Reheat Digit 33 Human Interface 5 Touchscreen Human Interface 5 Model Number N
257. s Important The bearings are manufactured using a special synthetic lithium based grease designed for long life and minimum relube intervals Over lubrication can be just as harmful as not enough Use a hand grease gun to lubricate these bearings add grease until a light bead appears all around the seal Do not over lubricate After greasing the bearings check the setscrews to ensure that the shaft is held securely Make sure that all bearing braces are tight e Check the supply fan belt s If the belts are frayed or worn replace them e Check the condition of the gasket around the control panel doors These gaskets must fit correctly and bein good condition to prevent water leakage e Verify that all terminal connections are tight e Removeany corrosion presenton the exterior surfaces of the unit and repaint these areas Ss TRANE Maintenance e Generally inspect the unit for unusual conditions e g loose access panels leaking piping connections etc Make sure that all retaining screws are reinstalled in the unit access panels once these checks are complete With the unit running check and record the e ambient temperature e compressor oil level each circuit e compressor suction and discharge pressures each circuit e superheat and subcooling each circuit Record this data on an operator s maintenance log like the one shown in Table 68 p 116 If operating pressures indicate a refrigerant
258. s access For combination of horizontal and downflow openings digit 3 F or R see Figure 1 p 14 for appropriate downflow upflow dimensions and Figure 2 p 15 for appropriate horizontal dimensions e NOTES 1 SEE DETAIL HOOD DRAWING FOR HORIZONTAL DOWNFLOW UNITS FOR ADDITIONAL DIMENSION AND LOCATION 180 5 16 4579 9mm 3 25 82 55mm TO TOP OF FAN GRILLE 707 16 1mm limited Figure 3 60 Hz 27235 50 Hz 23 29 Tons TC TE YC low heat 90 PZA 2295 5mm SEE NOTE 2 1 1 4 31 7mm FEMALE PVC PIPE 179 3 4 3 4 19 0mm NPT 4565 65mm GAS INLET CUSTOMER CONNECTION POINT Note Dimensions in are mm 1 25 4 mm RT SVX34H EN 6 91 175 6mm 90 1 16 2287 5mm 15 Ss TRANE Unit Dimensions and Weights Figure 4 60 Hz 271235 50 Hz 23 29 Tons YD high heat 7 179 23 2 51 54 8 ren ea 1308 1375 Return Supply 76 6 1926 Openings 70 15 1802 Opening 80 is 2034 A o 2 2 64 NPS Connection aR G See Roofcurb Drawing For Details Thru Base Three Places On Field Duct Fitup and Connections Electrical 1 2 13 NPS Connection asi 2 8 67 Thru Base Electrical a ii Figure 5 Duct openings 60 Hz 27235 50 Hz 23 29 Tons YH high heat 3 1 4 1 1 4 1 16 27 1 81 32 Three Places a _ Return Opening Opening 63 s 1616 Lom 4 s 111 55
259. shortage measure the system superheat and system subcooling For guidelines refer to Charging by Subcooling Note Do not release refrigerant to the atmosphere If adding or removing refrigerant is required the service technician must comply with all federal state and local laws Refer to general service bulletin MSCU SB 1 latest edition Heating Season AWARNING Hazardous Voltage Disconnect all electric power including remote disconnects before servicing Follow proper lockout tagout procedures to ensure the power can not be inadvertently energized Failure to disconnect power before servicing could result in death or serious injury Before completing the following checks turn the unit OFF and lock the main power disconnect switch open Inspect the unitair filters If necessary clean or replace them e Checksupply fan motor bearings repair or replace the motor as necessary e Check the fan shaft bearings for wear Replace the bearings as necessary These bearing are considered permanently lubricated for normal operation For severe dirty applications if relubrication becomes necessary use a lithium based grease See Table 66 p 112 for recommended greases Important The bearings are manufactured using a special synthetic lithium based grease designed for long life and minimum relube intervals Too much lubrication in a bearing can be just as harmful as not enough Use a hand grease gun to lub
260. sig Psig Psig heat F cool F Level Psig Psig Psig heat F cool F ok ok Ilow IOW ok ok lOW IOW ok ok lOW IOW ok ok lOW IOW ok ok tow IOW ok ok lOW IOW ok ok lOW IOW ok ok tow IOW ok ok tow IOW ok ok tow IOW Note With the unit running check and record the data requested above each month during the cooling season 116 RT SVX34H EN Diagnostics The RTRM has the ability to provide the service personnel with some unit diagnostics and system status information Before turning the main power disconnect switch Off follow the steps below to check the Unit Control All diagnostics and system status information stored in the RTRM will be lost when the main power is turned Off AWARNING Live Electrical Components During installation testing servicing and troubleshooting of this product it may be necessary to work with live electrical components Have a qualified licensed electrician or other individual who has been propery trained in handling live electrical components perform these tasks Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical components could result in death or serious injury HIGH VOLTAGE IS PRESENT AT TERMINAL BLOCK HTB1 OR UNIT DISCONNECT SWITCH L Verify that the LED on the RTRM is on If the LED is o
261. signal to control the Exhaust Blade Actuator in order to relieve positive building pressure The signal output will be modulated based on the measured values from the Space Pressure Transducer The Space Pressure Calibration Solenoid will ensure that the RTVM reads a differential pressure between the building pressure and atmospheric pressure The Space Pressure Setpoint and Space Pressure Deadband are set by adjusting potentiometers located on the RTVM Also units configured for Single Zone VAV control with Demand Controlled ventilation will require an RTVM for the additional required Outside Air damper minimum position setpoint potentiometers Units configured with the Fresh Air Measurement Traq option will require a RTVM for required sensors and setpoints to perform Traq airflow control The Airflow Sensor input Minimum Outside Air CFM Setpoints Design and DCV and Outside Airflow Adjustment Setpoint are all provided by the RTVM The RTVM takes the airflow sensor voltage converts it to airflow CFM and calculates a Traq outside air minimum OA damper position 41 to maintain the desired adjustable CFM setpoint value The airflow can be adjusted for altitude differences with the Outside Airflow Adjustment Setpoint ReliaTel Dehumidification Module RTDM Figure 38 RTDM module E RTDM AE sl Hg a ok The RTDM provides a pulsed signal output to contr
262. sions K No Heat YC s only CFM runs GV energizes IP does not warm up 1 TNS3 and or 4 has failed 1 Check for 115 VAC at TNS3 and or 4 secondary between X1 and X2 If 115 VAC is not present replace TNS3 and or 4 2 Wiring or terminal failure 2 Check wiring and terminals Repair or replace if necessary 3 IP has failed 3 With 115 VAC applied to I P warm up should take place Cold resistance of IP should be a minimum of 50 Ohms Nominal current should be 2 5 to 3 0 Amps L No Heat YC s only GV does not energize CFM runs IP warms up M Low Heat Capacity Intermittent Heat YC s only CFM runs in LO or HI speed only or may not operate at all in one speed or the other 1 Wiring or terminal failure 1 Verify presence of 24 VAC between IGN J 1 7 terminal to ground if not present check wiring and terminals Repair or replace if necessary 2 GV has failed in two stage units 2 Measure voltage between TH and TR on the gas valve GV If 24 VAC is present and the GV will not open replace the GV 3 Pressure switch failure in mod heat units CFM has failed 3 1n mod heat units verify the pressure switch is wired correctly If wired correctly verify operation of pressure switch Check CFM test LO and HI speed windings N No Heat YC s only Fan selection switch on the ZSM is inthe AUTO position and the fan runs continuously TCO2 has opened Heat
263. so the type of voltmeter used sensor connections etc may all slightly affect the reading ON 30Vdc if no NSB or ZSM with LED s is connected 25 Vdcif NSB panel BAYSENS119 is connected 2Vdc if ZSM w LED s BAYSENS110 BAYSENS021 is connected OFF 0 75 Vdc regardless of ZSM NSB connection PULSING DIAGNOSTIC PRESENT A distinct pulsing from 0 75 Vdc to 30 Vdc will be seen depending on the type of meter used Some meters may only pulse between 20 and 30 volts DC 3 Refer to the data in What Outputs Mean section to determine course of action 17 Ss TRANE Diagnostics What Outputs Mean HEAT J 6 7 e On system is actively heating e Off system is not actively heating e Pulsing a diagnostic is present see DIAGNOSTICS section COOL J 6 8 e On system is actively cooling e Off system is not actively cooling e Pulsing a diagnostic is present see DIAGNOSTICS section SYSTEM J 6 9 e On RTRM has power e Off RTRM does not have power or has failed e Pulsing unit is in the TEST mode SERVICE J 6 10 e On dirty air filter indication e Off normal operation e Pulsing a diagnostic is present see DIAGNOSTICS section Note Diagnostics for CV SZ VAV or VAV units are listed separately The same diagnostic may have a different meaning depending on whether the unit has VAV controls or CV SZ VAV controls Diagnostics CV and SZ VAV Units Only If only one diagnostic is present refer to that diagnostic l
264. ss and point of termination accuracy e Verify that the condenser airflow will be unobstructed e Check the compressor crankcase oil level Oil should be visible in the compressor oil sight glass The oil level may be above the sight glass prior to the initial start Use appropriate lighting flashlight to verify the presence of oil e Prior to unit startup allow the crankcase heater to operate a minimum of 8 hours to remove liquid refrigerant from the compressor sump e Optional Service Valves Verify that the discharge service valve suction service valve and liquid line service valve is fully open on each circuit Note High Efficiency units come standard with discharge and liquid line service valves e Check the supply fan belts for proper tension and the fan bearings for sufficient lubrication If the belts require adjustment or if the bearings need lubricating refer to the Maintenance section of this manual for instructions e Inspect the interior of the unit for tools and debris and install all panels in preparation for starting the unit Electrical Phasing Unlike traditional reciprocating compressors scroll compressors are phase sensitive Proper phasing of the electrical supply to the unit is critical for proper operation and reliability The compressor motor is internally connected for clockwise rotation with the incoming power supply phased as A B C Proper electrical supply phasing can be quickly det
265. stant Volume CV Unit Fan Operation If the Fan selection switch is in the AUTO position for constant volume units the RTRM will delay starting the supply fan for 60 seconds to allow the heat exchanger to warm up When the zone temperature rises above the heating setpoint the IGN control module will terminate the heat cycle The supply fan remains energized for an additional 90 seconds Variable Air Volume VAV Unit Fan Operation 2 Stage and Modulating Gas Heat During Unoccupied heating Morning Warm up and Daytime Warm up mode the VFD must be at 100 Therefore before the unit can heat the VHR relay must have been energized for at least 6 minutes to ensure that the VAV boxes have driven to maximum For example 6 minutes after a Daytime Warm up mode is initiated the VFD output will go to 100 and then the heat cycle will begin The VHR relay is energized during Unoccupied mode Morning Warm up mode and Daytime Warm up mode Variable Air Volume VAV Unit Fan Operation Modulating Gas Heat Only During Changeover Heat LTB5 1 shorted to LTB5 2 the unit will heat to the Supply Air Heating Setpoint 7 7 The VFD will modulate to maintain the Static Pressure Setpoint Ignition Control Module There is a green LED located on the ignition module Any time the Ignition module is powered the LED will be on to provide status of the ignition system Steady OFF no power internal failure Steady ON no diagnost
266. t foe a Ventilation y Sensor Space 2 Wires Humidity HH Sensor m 2 Wires i i A a NOCE le input Ventilation _2 Wires_ Reloy C Space 2 Wires Humidistat _ __ _ 32 RT SVX34H EN Ss TRANE Installation Electrical Figure 21 Typical field wiring requirements for traditional VAV control options UNIT CONTROL BOX RTRM J6 6789 10 11 12 14 0000 0 0 0 spe 508 tli 702 402 800 SUPPLY AIR COOLING SETPOINT NE 7E iskit Orn O ese seese Note Clip jumper R69 if BAYSENSO21A is used for Remote SA Cooling Setpoint TB 3 HTB1 LTBS OR DISCONNECT ROUTE TO RTRM J6 ROUTE TO COMM 181 ROUTE TO LTB3 eed BS ROUTE TO LTI 2 3 BAYSENS119 2 een Wires BAYSENSO75 7 wires YAV Renote 8 Wires BAYSENSO2t aa Used with ICS Panel emote Ics E ony W NSB Panel 271 A ROUTE TO LTB4 w 0 _NSB COMM Wires 2 Wires 2 Wires BAYSENSO16 E H wiste 2 wires BAYSENSO77 Taar BAYSENSO77 wel e Remote Fontes coun 2 Wires BAYFRSTOO gt Wires one BAYSENSO77 i i S ii el Temp Sensor Remote Se
267. t in cancer respiratory skin or eye imitation which could result in death or serious injury E TRANE General Infomation AWARNING No Step Surface Do not walk on the sheet metal drain pan Walking on the drain pan could cause the supporting metal to collapse resulting in the operator technician to fall Failure to follow this recommendation could result in death or serious injury Avoid breathing fiberglass dust Use a NIOSH approved dust mist respirator Avoid contact with the skin or eyes Wear long sleeved loose fitting clothing gloves and eye protection Wash clothes separately from other clothing rinse washer thoroughly Operations such as sawing blowing tear out and spraying may generate fiber concentrations requiring additional respiratory protection Use the appropriate NIOSH approved respiration in these situations First Aid Measures Eye Contact Flush eyes with water to remove dust If symptoms persist seek medical attention Skin Contact Wash affected areas gently with soap and warm water after handling An optional roof curb specifically designed forthe Voyager commercial rooftop units is available from Trane The roof curb kit must be field assembled and installed according to the latest edition of the curb installation guide Unit Inspection As soon as the unit arrives at the job site e Verify thatthe nameplate data corresponds to the sales order and bill of
268. t is resistant to liquid petroleum gases 4 Provide a drip leg near the unit NOTICE Gas Valve Damage e Failure to use a pressure regulating device will result in incorrect gas pressures This can cause erratic operation due to gas pressure fluctuations as well as damage to the gas valve e Oversizing the regulator will causeirregular pulsating flame pattems bumer rumble potential flame outages as well as possible gas valve damage 38 5 Install a pressure regulator at the unit that is adequate to maintain 6 w c for natural gas and 11 w c for LP gas while the unit is operating in the High Heat mode A minimum inlet gas pressure of 2 5 w c for natural gas and 8 w c for LP gas is required while operating in the High Heat mode Note Gas pressure in excess of 14 w c or 0 5 psig will damage the gas train AWARNING Hazard of Explosion Never use an open flame to detect gas leaks It could result in an explosion Use a leak test solution for leak testing Failure to follow recommended safe leak test procedures could result in death or serious injury or equipment or property only damage 6 Leak test the gas supply line using a soap and water solution or equivalent before connecting it to the gas train 7 Pressuretest the supply line before connecting itto the unit to prevent possible gas valve damage and the unsafe operating conditions that will result Note Do notrely on gas
269. that have unequal capacity sizes utilize a precision suction restrictor to balance the oil levels in the compressors see Figure 99 This restrictor is placed in the smaller capacity compressor When replacing this compressor it is imperative that the proper restrictor is selected from those provided with the replacement compressor See Table 67 and Figure 100 When the compressors are restarted verify that correct oil levels are obtained with both compressors operating RT SVX34H EN Ss TRANE Maintenance Figure 99 Precision suction restrictor Compressor Suction Suction tube Suction Restrictor Table 67 Compressor restrictor location Restrictor Location Model Efficiency CPR 1 CPR2 CPR 3 TC TE YC 275 amp 330 Standard X TC TE YC 350 amp 420 Standard X TC TE YC 500 amp 600 Standard X TC TE YC 275 amp 330 High TC TE YC 305 amp 360 High TC TE YC 5008600 High Figure 100 Compressors 5 30 35 Ton Standard Efficiency 40 Ton Standard Efficiency 27 5 30 35 40 50 CPRI CPR CPRI OPRI CPR OPRI Ton High Efficiency 15 Ss TRANE Maintenance Table 68 Sample operator s maintenance log see note Refrigerant Circuit 1 Refrigerant Circuit 2 Current Ambient Compr Suct Disch Liquid Compr Suct Disch Liquid Temp Oil Press Press Press Super Sub Oil Press Press Press Super Sub Date F Level P
270. the reheat low pressure control RLP function during active dehumidification See Dehumidification Frost Protection section for the control scheme during active dehumidification See the Condenser Fan Compressor sequence section for Condenser fan staging during active dehumidification Sensible cooling or heating control ovenides dehumidification control For both multi circuit and single circuit units any sensible heating request will terminate dehumidification control If heating is active at the time a call for dehumidification control is received the heating operation must complete and an additional 5 minutes from the time heat is terminated must elapse before dehumidification will be allowed Note Occupied VAV operation in cooling mode will consider a critical zone temperature and when the sensible cooling requirements of this zone are not being met the unit will terminate dehumidification control Note Occupied CV and all unoccupied operation will terminate dehumidification if the sensible zone cooling requirements exceeds one half the available cooling capacity of the unit Gas Heat Sequence Of Operation When heating is required the RTRM initiates the heating cycle through the ignition control module IGN The IGN normally open contacts close to start the combustion blower motor CBM on high speed Next the IGN control energizes the hot surface igniter IP for 45 seconds After a preheat period the gas valve
271. the fan selection switch is in the AUTO mode and the unit is configured as a Constant Volume with staged or modulating gas heat or SZ VAV with staged gas heat the fan will be delayed from coming on for approximately 30 seconds after a call for heat has been initiated The fan will remain on for approximately 90 seconds after the heating setpoint has been satisfied If the unit is configured for SZ VAV with modulating heat the fan will be energized with the call for heating in order to begin circulating airflow through the unit for discharge air temperature control Once the call for heating is removed the fan will remain on for approximately 90 seconds Electric Heat Control The RTRM provides two heating outputs for 1st and 2nd stages that will be controlled with at least a 10 seconds delay between each stage When the fan selection switch is in the AUTO mode and the unit is configured for Constant Volume the fan will start approximately 1 second before the 15theater stage is activated The fan and heater will cycle off after the heating setpoint has been satisfied If the unit is configured for SZ VAV control the Supply Fan will energize approximately 5 seconds prior to energizing the electric heat outputs Once the Zone Heating requirements have been satisfied the fan and heat outputs will be controlled off Clogged Filter Option The unit mounted clogged filter switch monitors the pressure differential across the return
272. tion s minimum speed All other cases which would bring the Supply Fan ON will function as on non Single Zone VAV units Supply Fan Mode ON Operation For active unit control with the Supply Fan Modesetto ON the unit will energize the Supply Fan and hold the Fan Speed outputat minimum speed until there is arequestfor the fan speed to increase This will hold true for all cases except during Unoccupied periods in which the Supply Fan Mode is forced to AUTO and will operate the Supply Fan as described above for all Cooling Heating and Dehumidification requests Setpoint Arbitration Single Zone VAV units will require traditional Zone Heating if Heat installed and Cooling Setpoints that are used constant volume units in addition to two new setpoints Discharge Air Cool DA Cool Fan SPD and Discharge Air Heat DA Heat Setpoint limits The Zone Heating and Cooling Setpoints will be selectable via the existing RTRM customer connections for a Zone Sensor panel and the DA Heat and Cool Setpoints will be customer selectable via two onboard potentiometers on the RTOM with ranges 50 150 F and 40 90 F respectively Table 26 and Table 25 below can be used as a reference when setting the DA Heat R42 and DA Cool Fan SPD R136 setpoints on the RTOM Note The recommended settings for these setpoints is 100 F for the DA Heat Setpoint and 50 F for the DA Cool Fan SPD Setpoint RT SVX34H EN Table 25 DA cool fan SPD setpoint
273. to the Low Voltage Wiring on page 30 for guidelines Gas Heat Requirements See Installation Piping on page 38 e Gas supply line properly sized and connected to the unit gas train e All gas piping joints properly sealed e Drip leg Installed in the gas piping near the unit e Gas piping leak checked with a soap solution If piping connections to the unit are complete do not pressurize piping in excess of 0 50 psig or 14 inches w c to prevent component failure e Main supply gas pressure adequate Flue Tubes clear of any obstructions RT SVX34H EN Sequence of Operation Mechanical Cooling Sequence Of Operation Time delays are built into the controls to increase reliability and performance by protecting the compressors and maximizing unit efficiency Units Without an Economizer For 275 to 35 Ton units when mechanical cooling is required the RTRM energizes the Compressor Contactor CC1 coil When the CC1 contacts close the Compressor CPR1 and Outdoor Fan Motor ODM 1 will start providing the 3 minute off time has elapsed ODM2 and ODM3 cycles off on based on the outdoor ambient temperature as measured by the Outdoor Air Sensor OAS CPR1 cycles off as required providing the 3 minute on time has elapsed With CPR1 operating for a minimum of 3 minutes If additional cooling is required the RTRM energizes the 2nd compressor contactor CC2 to bring on CPR2 While CPR1 continues to ru
274. trol trips during the compressor minimum 3 minute on time The lockout will have to be manual reset as explained in this document 43 Economizer Operation with CV Controls The control pointforthe economizeris designed to control at least L5 F below the cooling setpoint or L5 F above the heating setpoint whichever produces the highest economizer control setpoint Example Heating Setpoint 68 F Cooling Setpoint 70 F The control temperature for the economizer will be L5 F above the heating setpoint due to it producing the least amount of offset Heating Setpoint 55 F Cooling Setpoint 75 F Because of the spread between the heating and cooling setpoints the control will choose to control the economizer at an offset temperature of 1 5 F below the cooling setpoint This will be the highest resulting control setpoint temperature while maintaining the least amount of offset The percentage that the economizer dampers open is based on two factors 1 Thezonetemperature minus the economizer setpoint and 2 The zone temperature minus the outdoor air temperature Note Table 20 lists the percentages the dampers will open based on these conditions Table 20 Percent of damper travel Zone Temp Econ Setpoint F Zone ODT 0 0 0 5 0 5 1 0 1 0 2 0 2 0 3 0 3 0 5 0 gt 5 0 0 7F 0 3 9 30 90 100 7 14F 0 2 6 20 60 100 gt 14F 0 1 3 10 30 100 While
275. uld cause equipment or property damage Failure to follow instructions above or properly lift unit could result in unit dropping and possibly crushing operator technician which could result in death or serious injury Use spreader bars as shown in the diagram Refer to the Installation manual or nameplate for unit weight Refer to the Installation instructions located inside the control panel for further rigging information 1 Verify that the roof curb has the proper gaskets installed and is level and square to assure an adequate curb to unit seal The units must be as level as possible in order to assure proper condensate flow out of the unit The maximum side to side and end to end slope allowable in any application is listed in Table 2 p 20 Figure 12 Unit rigging Spreader Bar 7 Feet Min Lifting Figure 13 Center of gravity D E F Top View Shown 4 Z see note 2 t C B y A Compressor End 20 Table L Minimum operating clearances installation horizontal downflow and mixed airflow configurations Recommended Clearances Condenser Coil a Economizer Orientation Service Side Single Unit Exhaust End End Side Access TE TE YC 27 5 to 50 Tons 8 Feet 6 Feet 4 Feet Distance Between Units Service Side Access Economizer Multiple Unit Exhaust End TC TE YC 27 5 to 50 Tons End Side 12 Feet 16 Feet 8 Feet a Condenser coil
276. unted disconnect switch option is not ordered A ES Electrical Entr 000 HTB1 Standard 00 OR DISC Piteh Pocket Thru the Base Electrical Entry 3 Wire Power Supply when option is ordered Ground A WARNING CUSTOMER CONNECTION WIRE RANGE HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE DISCONNECT ALL ELECTRIC POWER INCLUDING REMOTE DISCONNECTS UNITS WITH MAIN POWER TERMINAL BLOCK ALL VOLTAGES EFORE SERVICING FAILURE TO DISCONNECT POWER BEFORE SERVICING CAN CAUSE SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY OR DEA BLOCK SIZE WIRE QTY CONNECTOR WIRE RANGE UNITS WITH MAIN POWER DISCONNECT SWITCH 200 208 230 VOLT UNITS DISCONNECT SIZE WIRE QTY CONNECTOR WIRE RANGE A AVE RTISSEME NT FA DE DECONNECTER LA SOURCE BLESSURES CORPORELLES SEVERES OU LA MORT CAUTION USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY UNIT TERMINALS ARE NOT DESIGNED TO ACCEPT OTHER TYPES OF CONDUCTORS FAILURE TO DO SO MAY CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE EQUIPMENT EQUATION GIVEN IN NOTE EQUATION 310 AMP 1 46 350 MCM 225 AMP 1 41 300 MCM VOLTAGE HASARDEUX 400 AMP lt 310 McA 1 250 500 MCM ES AG uant ESES B gt C200 AMP S310 Nea 2 370 250 MCM DISJONCTEURS SITUES A DISTANCE NOTES VANT D EFFECTUER L ENTRETIEN m A BLOCK SIZE amp DISCONNECT SIZE IS CALCULATED BY SELEC
277. until the 6 minute VAV Box ON timer has expired Notes 5 Stage High Efficiency Units Compressor 1 is the smaller compressor on the circuit Condenser fans are controlled as defined for normal operation Exhaust fan operates as defined for normal operation based on economizer position When Compressor 1 is energized with either C1 C2 or with both for 30 minutes continuously C3 will be required to de energize for 30 seconds RT SVX34H EN 65 Table 40 Test mode states for SZ VAV units with modulating dehumidification and staged heat TEST COMP COMP COMP HEAT HEAT COOL REHEAT STEP MODE FAN VFD COMMAND ECON4 1 2 3 1 2 PUMPOUT3 VALVE VALVE 1 FAN ON ON 45 0 VDC MIN OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 100 0 2 ECONOMIZER ON 45 0 VDC OPEN OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 100 0 3 COOL 1 ON 80 6 67 VDC MIN ON OFF OFF OFF OFF IN CONTROL 100 0 4 COOL 22 ON IN CONTROL MIN ON2 ON2 OFF OFF OFF IN CONTROL 100 0 5 COOL 3 ON IN CONTROL MIN ON ON ON OFF OFF IN CONTROL 100 0 6 REHEAT ON 73 5 24 VDC MIN ON ON ON OFF OFF IN CONTROL 50 50 7 HEAT 1 ON 100 10 VDC MIN OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF 100 0 8 HEAT 2 ON 100 10 VDC MIN OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF 100 0 9 RESET Notes 2 amp 3 Stage Standard Efficiency Units 1 For Traditional VAV units the VFD Command when In Control will be controlled based on Supply Air Pressure Requirements For SZ VAV units the VFD Com
278. ure Deadband ON OFF 2 Space Pressure Setpoint is too high low 2 Verify Building Pressure with maximum building exhaust enabled Adjust Space Pressure Setpoint accordingly Table 75 Component failure mode COMPONENT FAILURE RESPONSE NORMAL RANGE DIAGNOSTIC Heat and cool failure output at RTRM J 6 7 to J 6 1 Economizer in minimum 55 to 175 F 6 and RTRM J6 8 to J6 6 Heat and cool LED s position Will not modulate 680K to 1 2K blink at ZSM Check at RTRM connector P8 OAS Outdoor Air Sensor between P8 1 amp P8 2 2 0DM3 will not cycle off runs 55 to 175 F continuously 680K to 1 2K Check at RTRM connector P8 RT SVX34H EN 127 Ss TRANE Diagnostics Table 75 Component failure mode COMPONENT FAI LURE RESPONSE NORMAL RANGE DIAGNOSTIC RAS Return Air Sensor Economizer operates using 0 to 209 F ECA LED 4 Flashes Check at ECA connector P1 Reference Enthalpy 90K to 7 1K between P10 1 amp P10 2 i Economizer in minimum 0 to 209 F MAS Supply Air Sensor position will not modulate 90K to 7 1K ECA amp flashes 4 to 20 mA ECA 6 flashes OHS Outdoor Humidity Sensor Uses Dry Bulb operation and economizes if below 60 F DB 10 to 90 RH Honeywell C7600A Check at ECA OAH 1 and OAH 2 by measuring current draw RHS Return Humidity Sensor Economizer operates using Reference Enthalpy 4 to 20 mA 10 to 90 RH Honeywell C7600A Check at EC
279. urn the fan on the ZSM is defective ReliaTel Refrigeration Module RTRM Default Chart CV and SZ VAV Units Ifthe RTRM loses inputfrom the building managementsystem the RTRM will controlinthe default mode after approximately 15 minutes If the RTRM loses the Heating and Cooling Setpoint input from the potentiometers the RTRM will control in the default mode instantaneously The temperature sensing thermistor in the Zone Sensor Module for CV applications is the only component required for the Default Mode to operate Table 72 Constant volume and single zone VAV default operations Component or Function Default Operation Cooling Setpoint CSP 74 F Heating Setpoint HSP 71 F Normal Operation Economizer Economizer Minimum Normal Operation Position Normal operation or auto if ZSM mode switch Mode has failed Fan Normal operation or continuous if fan mode switch on ZSM has failed Disabled Used with Integrated Comfort System and Programmable ZSM s only Disabled Used with Integrated Comfort Systems only Night Setback Mode Supply Air Tempering DA Cool Setpoint 50 F SZ VAV Only DA Heat Setpoint 1002F SZ VAV Only VAV Units If the RTRM loses input from the building management system the RTRM will control in the default mode after approximately 15 minutes For VAV units a shorted mode input is the only input required for the Default Mode
280. utilize two separate control methodologies based on heating configurations For all Staged Heating types Electric and Gas the unit will utilize 100 full airflow during all active heating periods liketraditional ConstantVolumeunits For Modulating Gas heat units the unit will have the ability to control the discharge air temperature to the calculated discharge air heating setpoint in order to maintain the Zone Temperature to the Zone Heating setpoint Staged Heating Operation For units configured with Staged Heat once the control determines that there is an active heating capacity request the unit will energize the Supply Fan and ramp up to full speed The control methodology during Active Heating on units configured with Staged Heat types will be identical to traditional Constant Volume units heating stages will be energized de energized to meet the Zone Heating demand Note that all Electric and Gas Heat staging sequences will be identical to as on Constant Volume units Modulating Heat Operation with SZVAV Heating Units configured with Modulating Gas Heat will utilize true Single Zone VAV control in the same manner as during Active Cooling Heating Sequence Once the unit has met all Auto Changeover requirements and the control determines that there is a space heating demand the unit will transition into zone heating Once the Discharge Air Temperature falls below the calculated discharge air temperature 106 setpoi
281. w Setpoint CO Level DCV Min CO Setpoint Design Min CO Setpoint Outside Air Damper Minimum Positions without DCV For units not configured with DCV no CO2 sensor value available additional minimum position setpoints to increase outdoor airflow accuracy will be supported The operation will be similar to OA CFM Compensation on Traditional VAV units with the addition of a Design Minimum Position setpoint at Middle Fan Speed Command The following setpoint potentiometers will be used on the RTEM L Design Min at Minimum Fan Speed Command RTEM DCV Min 2 Design Min at Middle Fan Speed Command RTEM DCV Setpoint LL 3 Design Min at Full Fan Speed Command RTEM Design Min The controller will calculate the active OA Damper Minimum position linearly between the user selected setpoints based on the supply fan speed command The range for the Design Min setpoints at Minimum and Middle Fan Speed Command will be 0 100 while the range for the Design Min at Full Fan Speed Command setpoint will be 0 50 By default the Design Minimum Position schedule red line below will be a linear line through all user selectable Design Minimum Position setpoints As with Demand Controlled Ventilation ifthe Design Minimum Position at Middle fan speed command is setto a pointthat would be higher than the calculated linear line between the Design Minimum Position setpoints at Minimum and Maximum fan speed command the minimum position wi
282. za ah Sa haar 42 LCI LonTalk Communication Interface Op onal eer da caw ck aha aaa wha dada be 42 BCI BACnet Communication Interface Op onal t s 42 Trane Wireless Comm Interface WCI 42 TD5 Display 5 Touchscreen Display 42 System Operation o ooooooooooo 43 Economizer Operation with a Conventional Thermostat CV Only 43 Microelectronic Control Features 43 Economizer Operation with CV Controls 44 Modulating Power Exhaust 44 Mechanical Cooling without an Economizer CV and SZ VAV 00 cece eee 44 Zone Temperature Occupied Cooling CV and SZ VAV 0 ccc ees 45 Zone Temperature Occupied Heating CV and SZVAV 0 6 cc ens 45 Supply Fan CV and SZ VAV 45 Supply Air Tempering CV and SZ VAV 45 Variable Air Volume Applications Single Zone VAV oaa 46 Supply Fan Output Control 46 Minimum Supply Fan Output 46 Supply Fan Mode Operation 47 RT SVX34H EN Setpoint Arbitration 47 Ventilation Control 50 Space Pressure Control 52 Traq Overrides and Special Considerations o oooooooomoo 53 Supply Air Temperature Control Heating and COOlINQ ooococcococoo 53 Variable Air Volume Applications Traditional NAN ob Pena e ieee tes big eee ks 53 Supply Air Temperature Control Occupied Cooling and Heating 53 Supply Air Te

Trane Voyager Commercial 27.5 to 50 Tons Installation and Maintenance Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents